LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

COURSE INFORMATION
Course Code: LIS 402
Course Title: Library Automation
Credit Unit: 2
Course Status: Compulsory
Semester: 2nd
Required Study Hour: 1 hour per day
Course Edition: First

COURSE TEAM
Course writer: Dr. Olaronke O. Fagbola, PhD, CLN – University of Ilorin
Instructional Designer:
Learning Technologists:
Course Editor: Dr. Ukoha Igwe, NOUN
Copy Editor:

NATIONAL OPEN UNIVERSITY OF NIGERIA

©2022 by NOUN Press

National Open University of Nigeria
Headquarters
University Village
Plot 91, Cadastral Zone
Nnamdi Azikiwe Expressway
Jabi, Abuja
1
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Lagos Office
14/16 Ahmadu Bello Way
Victoria Island, Lagos
e-mail: [email protected]
URL: www.nou.edu.ng

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, in any form or by any
means, without exclusive permission in writing from the publisher.
Published by:

National Open University of Nigeria

Headquarters, University Village,
Plot 91, Cadastral Zone, Nnamdi Azikiwe Expressway
Jabi, Abuja, Nigeria

Printed by NOUN Press [email protected]

Printed

ISBN:

2
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

Course Guide ………………………………………………………………………… 11
Introduction …………………………………………………………………….. 11
Course Aim……………………………………………………………………... 11
Learning Outcomes …………………………………………………………….. 12
Working Through This Course ………………………………………………… 12
Study Units …………………………………………………………………...... 13
Presentation Schedule ………………………………………………………...... 13
Assessment …………………………………………………………………….. 14
Final Examination and Grading ………………………………………………. 14
Course Marking Scheme ……………………………………………………… 14
Course Overview ……………………………………………………………… 14
Facilitation ……………………………………………………………………… 16
Contents ………………………………………………………………………… 17
Module 1 Basics of Library Automation ………………………………… 17
Unit 1 Concept of Library Automation …………………………………. 17
Unit 2 Requirements for Library Automation …………………………... 17
Unit 3 Basic Components of Library Automation System ……………… 17
Unit 4 Planning for Library AutomationModule 1 ……………………… 17
Module 2 Software Selection and System Requirements ………………... 17
Unit 1 The Software Concept ……………………………………………. 17
Unit 2 Library Automation Software Packages …………………………. 17
Unit 3 Library Management System Structure ………………………….. 17
Unit 4 Selection of Library Automation Software ……………………… 17
Module 3 Automated System Implementation and Processes …………… 17
Unit 1 System Requirements for Library Automation …………………… 17
Unit 2 The Library Automation Process …………………………………. 17
Unit 3 Library Automated System Implementation ……………………… 17
Unit 4 Training in Library Automation …………………………………... 17
Unit 5 Funding Library Automation ……………………………………… 17
Module 4 Practicum in Library Automation ……………………………… 17
Unit 1 Practicum / Practical work-based on Library Automation ………… 17

3
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Module 1 Basics of Library Automation…………………………………….. 18

Unit 1 Concept of Library Automation…………………………………….. 18
Unit 2 Requirements for Library Automation……………………………… 18
Unit 3 Basic Components of Library Automation System…………………. 18
Unit 4 Planning for Library Automation…………………………………… 18

Unit 1 Concept of Library Automation ………………………………………………… 18

1.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….. 18
1.2 Learning Outcomes ………………………………………………………… 19
1.3 Concept of Automation …………………………………………………….. 19
1.4 Concept of Library Automation …………………………………………..... 20
1.4.1 Objectives of Library Automation ………………………………….. 21
1.4.2 Importance of Library Automation …………………………………. 22
1.4.3 Reason for Library Automation …………………………………….. 23
1.5 Disadvantages of Library Automation ……………………………………... 24
1.6 History of Library Automation ……………………………………………... 25
1.6.1 Landmark Development in the History of Library Automation …….. 25
1.7 Summary ……………………………………………………………………. 28
1.8 Glossary …………………………………………………………………….. 28
1.9 References/Further Readings ………………………………………………. 28
1.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …… 30

Unit 2 Requirements for Library Automation ……………………………………… 31

2.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………… 31

2.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………… 31
2.3 Functions of Library Automation …………………………………………………. 32
2.4 Basic Requirements of Library Automation ………………………………………. 32
2.5 Areas and Services of Library Automation ……………………………………… 35
2.5.1 Acquisition ………………………………………………………………… 35
2.5.2 Classification and Cataloguing ……………………………………………. 36
2.5.3 Circulation Control ……………………………………………………… 36
2.5.4 Serials Control …………………………………………………………… 37
2.5.5 Data Entry …………………………………………………………………. 37
2.5.6 Reference Services ………………………………………………………… 38
2.5.7 Documentation and Allied Services ………………………………………. 38
2.5.8 Information Retrieval ……………………………………………………… 38
2.5.9 Library Cooperation ……………………………………………………….. 39
2.5.10 Reports …………………………………………………………………….. 39
2.6 Barriers to Library Automation …………………………………………………… 40
2.7 Summary ………………………………………………………………………… 41
2.8 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………… 42
2.9 References/Further Readings ……………………………………………………… 43
2.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content ……………. 44

4
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Unit 3: Planning for Library Automation …………………………………………...... 45

3.1 Introduction ………………………………………………………………………. 45
3.2 Learning Outcomes ………………………………………………………………. 45
3.3 Concept of Planning ……………………………………………………………… 45
3.3.1 Reasons for Planning for Library Automation ……………………………. 47
3.3.2 Factors in Planning for Library Automation ……………………………… 47
3.3.3 Planning Techniques for Library Automation ……………………………. 48
3.4 Planning for Library Automation ………………………………………………… 49
3.4.1 Steps in Planning for Library Automation ……………………………….. 50
3.5 Preparing for Library Automation ……………………………………………….. 50
3.5.1 Steps in Preparing for Library Automation ……………………………… 51
3.6 Summary ………………………………………………………………………….. 55
3.7 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………... 56
3.8 References/Further Reading ……………………………………………………… 56
3.9 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………… 57

Unit 4 Library Automated System ……………………………………………... 58

4.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….. 58
4.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………….. 58
4.3 Concept of Automated System …………………………………………………… 59
4.3.1 Basic Elements of an Automated System ………………………………… 59
4.3.2 Types of Automated Systems ……………………………………………... 60
4.3.2.1 Standalone Automated System ……………………………………. 60
4.3.2.2 Integrated automated System ……………………………………… 60
4.3.3 Benefits of Library Automation System ………………………………….. 61
4.4 Components of Integrated Automated System …………………………………… 63
4.4.1 Computer Hardware ………………………………………………………. 63
4.4.2 Software …………………………………………………………………... 70
4.4.3 Database ………………………………………………………………….. 72
4.4.4 Networking devices ………………………………………………………. 72
4.4.5 Server ……………………………………………………………………. 75
4.5 Summary …………………………………………………………………………. 75
4.6 Glossary ………………………………………………………………………….. 76
4.7 References/Further Readings …………………………………………………….. 76
4.8 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………... 79

Module 2 Software Selection and System ………………………………………… 80

Unit 1 The Software Concept …………………………………………………….. 80
Unit 2 Library Automation Software Packages ………………………………… 80
Unit 3 Library Management System Structure …………………………………… 80
Unit 4 Selection of Library Automation Software ……………………………… 80

Unit 1 The Software Concept ………………………………………………………….. 80

1.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………… 80
1.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………… 80
1.3 Definition of Software …………………………………………………………….. 81
1.4 Categories of Software ……………………………………………………………. 81
1.4.1 System Software ………………………………………………………… 81

5
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.4.2 Application Software …………………………………………………….. 84

1.4.3 Utility Software ………………………………………………………… 86
1.5 Classification of Software ……………………………………………………… 86
1.6 Qualities of Software …………………………………………………………… 89
1.7 Summary …………………………………………………………………………. 90
1.8 Glossary ………………………………………………………………………… 91
1.9 References/ Further Readings ……………………………………………………. 92
1.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content…………… 93

Unit 2 Library Automation Software Packages ………………………… 94

2.1 Introduction ………………………………………………………………… 94
2.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………….. 94
2.3 Library Automation Software …………………………………………………….. 95
2.3.1 Qualities of Library Automation Software Package ………………….. 96
2.4 Library Automation Software Package …………………………………………… 96
2.4.1 KnowAll Matrix Library Management System …………………………. 96
2.4.2 CodeAchi Library Management System ………………………………….. 98
2.4.3 Library World …………………………………………………………….. 99
2.4.4 Alexandria Library Management Software ………………………………100
2.4.5 Mandarin 5 Library Automation Software ……………………………….102
2.4.6 Library System Software 10 (LIBSYS 10) ……………………………….103
2.4.7 Evergreen Integrated Library System …………………………………….105
2.4.8 Apollos Integrated Library Software (ILS) ………………………………106
2.4.9 WorldShare Management Services (WMS) ……………………………...107
2.4.10 Libib Library Management Service ……………………………………....108
2.5 Summary ………………………………………………………………………….110
2.6 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..110
2.7 References/Further Readings ……………………………………………………..111
2.8 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………...112

Unit 3 Library Management System Structure ………………………………...113

3.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….113
3.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………….113
3.3 The Library Management System ………………………………………………...114
3.3.1 Characteristics of Library Management System ………………………….115
3.3.2 Advantages of Library Management System ……………………………..116
3.4 Structure of Library Management System ………………………………………..117
3.4.1 Acquisition Management Module ………………………………………..117
3.4.2 Cataloguing Management Module ………………………………………..118
3.4.3 Circulation Management Module ………………………………………...118
3.4.4 Serials Management Module ……………………………………………..118
3.4.5 Report Management Module ……………………………………………..118
3.4.6 Online Public Access Catalogue ………………………………………….119
3.4.7 Inter-library Loan Management Module …………………………………119
3.4.8 Community Information Management Module …………………………..119
3.4.9 Import/Export Management Module ……………………………………..120
3.4.10 Reference Service Management Module………………………………….120
3.4.11 Barcode scanning System ………………………………………………...120
3.4.12 Search function Module …………………………………………………..120
3.4.13 Authority Control Module ………………………………………………..120

6
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

3.4.14 Media Management Module ………………………………………….......120

3.4.15 Electronic Resources Management Module ……………………………...120
3.4.16 Fee Management Module ………………………………………………...120
3.4.17 Database Management System (DBMS) …………………………………121
3.4.18 User Management Module ………………………………………………...121
3.5 Summary ………………………………………………………………………….121
3.6 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………...121
3.7 References/Further Reading ……………………………………………………...122
3.8 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………...123
Unit 4 Selection of Library Automation Software ………………………………… .124
4.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….124
4.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………….124
4.3 Library Automation Software Selection ………………………………………….124
4.3.1 Options for Library Software Selection …………………………………..125
4.4 Criteria for selecting Library Software ……………………………………………126
4.4.1 General criteria for Library Software Selection ………………………….126
4.4.2 Technical criteria for Library Software Selection ………………………..126
4.4.3 Support criteria for Library Software Selection ...,……………………….128
4.5 Library Software Selection Process ………………………………………………129
4.6 Challenges to Library Software Selection ………………………………………..130
4.7 Summary ………………………………………………………………………….131
4.8 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..132
4.9 Reference/Further Readings ………………………………………………………132
4.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise within the Content ……………...133

Module Three Automated System Implementation and Processes ………...134

Unit 1 System Requirements for Library Automation …………………………...134
Unit 2 Library Automation Process ……………………………………………...134
Unit 3 Library Automated System Implementation ……………………………..134
Unit 4 Training in Library Automation ………………………………………….134
Unit 5 Funding for Library Automation …………………………………………134

Unit 1 System Requirements for Library Automation ……………………………...134

1.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….134
1.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………….135
1.3 System requirements for Library Automation ……………………………………135
1.3.1 Hardware requirements for library automation system ……....................... 136
implementation
1.3.1.1 System requirements for hardware installation ………………………137
1.3.2 System requirements for Software programme …………………………..137
1.3.3 System requirements for a Library Management System ………………...138
1.4 Hardware Configuration of Automated System…………………………………..139
1.4.1 Non-networked Hardware configuration………………………………….139
1.4.1.1 Advantages of non-networked configuration ……………………139
1.4.1.2 Disadvantages of non-networked configuration …………………140
1.4.2 Networked Hardware configuration ……………………………………...140
1.4.2.1 Local Area Network-based Hardware Configurations ..................140
1.4.2.2 Wide Area Network-based Hardware Configurations …………...141
1.5 Computer Architecture …………………………………………………………...142

7
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.5.1 Client / Server Architecture ………………………………………………142

1.5.1.1 Types of Client/Server Architecture ………………………….....143
1.5.1.1.1 Two-tier Architecture …………………………………143
1.5.1.1.2 Three-tier Architecture ………………………………..143
1.5.1.1.3 Thin Client Architecture ………………………………144
1.5.1.2 Advantages of a Client/Server Architecture …………………...144
1.5.1.3 Disadvantages of Client/Server Architecture ………………….145
1.6 Summary ……………………………………………………………………….....146
1.7 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..146
1.8 References/Further Readings ……………………………………………………..147
1.9 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content…………...149

Unit 2 The Library Automation Process ……………………………………………....150

2.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………....150
2.2 Learning Outcomes …………………………………………………………….....150
2.3 Automation System Implementation Plan ………………………………………..151
2.3.1 Collection preparation ………………………………………………….....151
2.3.1.1 Weeding ……………………………………………………………....151
2.3.1.2 Take Inventory ………………………………………………………..151
2.3.1.3 Shelflist analysis ……………………………………………………...151
2.3.2 Bibliographic Formats and Standards …………………………………….152
2.3.2.1 Machine Readable Cataloguing Standard (MARC 21)……….......152
2.3.2.2 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR) ……………………153
2.3.2.3 International Standard Bibliographic Description (ISBD) …….....153
2.3.2.4 Z39.50 Standard ………………………………………………......153
2.3.3 Retrospective Conversion ………………………………………………...154
2.3.3.1 Retrospective Conversion Specifications ………………………154
2.3.3.2 Methods of Retrospective Conversion ………………………….155
2.3.3.3 Challenges of Retrospective Conversion ……………………….158
2.3.4 Barcoding the Collection ………………………………………………....158
2.3.4.1 Types of Barcodes ……………………………………………….159
2.3.5 Spine Label ……………………………………………………………….159
2.4 Summary ………………………………………………………………………….159
2.5 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..160
2.6 References/Further Reading …………………………………………………........161
2.7 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………...163
Unit 3 Library Automated System Implementation ………………………… ………164
3.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….165
3.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………. ...165
3.3 System Implementation ……………………………………………………….. ...165
3.3.1 Site Preparation ……………………………………………………….. …165
3.3.1.1 Computer Workstation …………………………………………… ...166
3.3.1.2 Barcode Reader …………………………………………………... ...167
3.3.1.3 Printer …………………………………………………………… …167
3.3.1.4 Furniture …………………………………………………………. …167
3.4 Installation and Testing of Software …………………………………………. ….168
3.4.1 Installation …………………………………………………………….. ….168
3.4.2 Software Testing ……………………………………………………… ….169
3.4.3 Patron Records …………………………………………………………...169

8
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

3.5 System Conversion ………………………………………………………………..170

3.5.1 Direct Conversion Approach ……………………………………………..170
3.5.2 Parallel Conversion Approach ………………………………………….....170
3.5.3 Phased Conversion Approach ……………………………………………..171
3.5.4 Modular Conversion Approach ……………………………………………171
3.5.5 Pilot conversion Approach ………………………………………………...171
3.6 System Maintenance ……………………………………………………………...171
3.6.1 Preventive maintenance ……………………………………………….....171
3.6.2 Corrective maintenance ………………………………………………….172
3.6.3 Levels of System Maintenance ……………… ………………………….172
3.6.3.1 Hardware maintenance ………………………………………...172
3.6.3.1.1 Tips for Computer Hardware Maintenance…………… ...172
3.6.3.2 Software maintenance ……………………………………… …173
3.6.3.3 Documentation maintenance ……………………………….. ...173
3.6.4 System Maintenance Activities ……………………………………….. ...173
3.6.4.1 Environmental Care ………………………………………… ...174
3.6.4.1.1 Tips on Environmental Care of Library Management….. ...174
System
3.6.4.2 System Backup ……………………………………................. ..174
3.6.4.3 Computer Security ……………………………….................... ..175
3.6.5 Maintenance and Security tips for the Library Management System……...175
3.7 System Evaluation ………………………………………………………………...176
3.7.1 Forms of System Evaluation ……………………………………………...176
3.8 Factors that promote successful implementation of the Library ………………….177
Automation System
3.9 Summary ………………………………………………………………………… 177
3.10 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..178
3.11 References/Further Reading ……………………………………………………...179
3.12 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………...181

Unit 4Training in Library Automation………………………………………………..183

4.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….183
4.2 Learning Outcomes ……………………………………………………………….184
4.3 Training …………………………………………………………………………...184
4.3.1 Training Plan ……………………………………………………………...184
4.3.1.1 Criteria to consider when making a Training plan ………………...184
4.3.2 Benefits of Training ………………………………………………………185
4.4 Types of Training Methods ……………………………………………………….186
4.5 Training in the use of Library Automation System ………………………………..187
4.5.1 Library personnel ………………………………………………………….187
4.5.2 Library Patrons ………………………………………………………….. .188
4.5.3 Tips to conduct Library Automation Training …………………………….189
4.6 Challenges of Library Automation Training ……………………………………..189
4.7 Summary ……………………………………………………………………….....191
4.8 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..191
4.9 References/Further Readings ……………………………………………………..191
4.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content …………..193

9
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Unit 5 Funding for Library Automation ………………………………………………194

5.1 Introduction ……………………………………………………………………….194
5.2 Learning Outcomes…………………………………………………………. …...194
5.3 Funding …………………………………………………………………………...194
5.3.1 Source of Funding …………………………………………………...........195
5.4 Budgeting …………………………………………………………………………195
5.4.1 Types of Budgets ………………………………………………………196
5.4.2 Goals of the Budgeting Process …………………………………..........196
5.4.3 Budgeting for Library Automation …………………………………….197
5.4.3.1 Cost estimation for Library Automation Project …………197
5.4.3.2 Principle of Cost Estimation ……………………………...198
5.5 Funding Library Automation……………………………………………………...198
5.5.1 Source of Funding for Library Automation ………………………………198
5.5.2 Techniques of securing funding for Library Automation Project …………200
5.6 Summary……………………………………………………………………..........200
5.7 Glossary…………………………………………………………………………...201
5.8 References/Further Readings……………………………………………………...201
5.9 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercises within the Content……………..203

Module 4 Practicum in Library Automation …………………………………. …...204

Unit 1 Practicum / Practical Work Based on Library Automation ………………….204
1.1 Introduction………………………………………………………………………..204
1.2 Learning Outcomes…………………………………………………………. ……204
1.3 Nature of Practicum ………………………………………………………………204
1.3.1 Self-Assessment Exercise…………………………………………………204
1.3.2 Selection of Software for the Library Automation Project………………..205
1.3.3 Hardware Selection for Library Automation Project ……………… …….205
1.4 Hardware Configuration …………………………………………………… ……205
1.5 Summary ………………………………………………………………………….206
1.6 Glossary …………………………………………………………………………..206
1.7 References/Further Reading ……………………………………………………...206

Appendix 1 Examples of Library Automation Software Available in the Market ….207

Appendix II Sierra Library Automation Software Modules……………… …….215

10
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

COURSE GUIDE
INTRODUCTION
Welcome to LIS 402: Library Automation. This is a two-credit (2-CR) unit course
which is compulsory for all undergraduate students in the Department. The essence
of the course is to enable the students to understand the concept of library automation
and its relevance to the world of work in today's library environment. Exposure to the
course will facilitate an extraordinarily successful academic journey and enhance
students' personal development and social status in the community of information
professionals. Topics covered in the course include the definition of concepts;
objectives, needs, importance, benefits and history of library automation; functions,
basic requirements and areas and services of library automation, components of
library automation, planning for automation, hardware and software selection
procedures, system requirements, library automated system, process, system
implementation, training, funding, and practical work based in libraries and
information services.

The course guide tells you briefly what to expect from reading the accompanying
study material. In addition, it provides you with information on how to make the best
use of it to achieve success. So make sure you read it carefully and follow the
instructions and suggestions.

COURSE AIMS
Today, libraries play two distinct roles –as a local centre of information and
knowledge and as gateways to information sources and resources. Moreover,
information and communication technology developments brought drastic changes in
how information is collected, stored, retrieved and distributed. As such, several
existing specialised databases, online information services, and resource-sharing
networks necessitate the application of computers for libraries to harness the
possibilities offered by these developments. Therefore, library and information
science graduates must be prepared and equipped with the skills needed to assume
responsible positions in library and information centres.

This course aims to introduce you to the concepts of and general knowledge in
library automation. This will entail a thorough understanding of the application and
use of computer systems, related devices and technologies generally as tools for
effective and efficient library services delivery and operations. You will be exposed
to how to automate the routine procedures in libraries, such as acquisition,
cataloguing, circulation, Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC), serials
management and report generation, among other library activities.

In addition, this course offers you the chance to thorough and carefully study the
basics of automation in libraries; history, requirements and areas and services of
library automation, components of the automation system, steps in library
automation, system requirements, hardware and software selection procedures,

11
 LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

library automation process, system implementation, training, funding and practical-

based exercises in library automation. The course consists of fourteen (14) study
units. Therefore, an in-depth knowledge of the topics in this course will help you
understand the functions and operations of an integrated library management system
which, if well implemented, will enhance and promote effective service delivery in
the library and the productivity of the library personnel.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of this course, you should be able to discuss any topic in the area of
library automation. Specifically, you will be able to:
i. define the concept of automation;
ii. discuss the concept of library automation;
iii. outline the objectives of library automation;
iv. state the basic requirements of library automation;
v. highlight the benefits of library automation;
vi. discuss the history of automation in libraries;
vii. outline the functions of library automation;
viii. describe the steps in planning for library automation;
ix. explain the software concept;
x. identify the categories of software;
xi. outline the characteristics of an integrated library software;
xii. state the hardware requirements for library automation;
xiii. describe the retrospective conversion process;
xiv. outline the steps in library automation;
xv. describe the modules in a library management system;
xvi. outline the library automation process;
xvii. discuss the importance of training in library automation;
xviii. state the importance of funding library automation;
xix. outline the automated system implementation process; and
xx. describe the practical-related scenario in library automation.

WORKING THROUGH THIS COURSE

To successfully complete this course, you are required to participate fully in the
theory and practical components of the course. You are equally expected to read the
study units, listen to the audio, watch the videos, do all assessments, examine the
links, participate in discussion forums, read the recommended books and other
materials provided, prepare your portfolios, and participate in the online facilitation
exercises. Each study unit has an introduction, learning outcomes, main content,
summary, self-assessment exercise, possible answers, and references/further
readings/web sources.
The introduction opens the door to each unit and gives you a glimpse of the
expectations. Next, you must acquaint yourself with the intended learning outcomes
(ILOs), which outline what you should be able to do after each study unit and
provides a yardstick to evaluate your learning to ensure you have achieved the

12
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

designed objectives (outcomes). To achieve the intended learning outcomes, the

content of each section is presented in modules and units with videos and links to
other sources to enhance your study. The unit summaries provide a recapitulation of
the essential points discussed. It’s an indispensable brief that garnishes your journey
in each segment and what you should take away from the unit. Click on the links as
directed, but where you are reading the text offline, you may have to copy and paste
the link address into a browser. You can download the audio and videos to view
offline. You can also print or download the texts and save them on your computer or
external drive.
STUDY UNITS
There are 14 study units in this course divided into four (4) modules. The modules
and units are presented as follows:
Module 1 Basics of Library Automation
Unit 1 Concept of Library Automation.
Unit 2 Requirements for Library Automation.
Unit 3 Basic Components of Library Automation System.
Unit 4 Planning for Library Automation.
Module 2 Software Selection and System Requirements
Unit 1 The Software Concept.
Unit 2 Library Automation Software Packages.
Unit 3 Library Management System Structure.
Unit 4 Selection of Library Automation Software

Module 3 Automated System Implementation and Processes

Unit 1 System Requirements for Library Automation
Unit 2 The Library Automation Process
Unit 3 Library Automated System Implementation
Unit 4 Training in Library Automation
Unit 5 Funding Library Automation
Module 4 Practicum in Library Automation
Unit 1 Practicum / Practical work-based on Library Automation.

PRESENTATION SCHEDULE
The presentation schedule gives you the important dates for the completion of your
computer-based tests, participation in forum discussions and at facilitation.
Remember, you are to submit all your assignments at the appropriate time. Therefore,
it would be best if you guided against delays and plagiarism in your work.
Plagiarism is a criminal offence in academics and is liable to heavy penalties.
ASSESSMENT
There are two main forms of assessment in this course that will be scored. First is the
set of Tutor-Marked Assignments (TMAs). You are advised to be sincere in attending
to the exercises. The second is TMAs. This is the continuous assessment component
which is graded. It accounts for 30% of the total scores. You are advised to take this
with all seriousness because it will assist you in passing the course. The TMAs will
13
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

be given in accordance with the University calendar. Therefore, endeavour to strictly

adhere to the slated calendar.
FINAL EXAMINATION AND GRADING
At the end of the course, you are required to take an examination which will last for a
2-hour duration. It has a value of 70% of the total course grade. The examination will
consist of questions that will reflect the type of self-assessment; practice the exercises
carefully. Try to use the time between finishing the last unit and sitting for the
examination to revise the entire course. You may find it useful to review your Tutor-
Marked Assignment or activities before the examination.

COURSE MARKING SCHEME

The following table lays out how the actual course marking is done
Assessment 30% (Undergraduate)
40% (Postgraduate)
Final Examination 70% (Undergraduate)
60% (Postgraduate)
Total 100% of Course work

COURSE OVERVIEW
How to get the Most from the Course
The study units in Open and Distance Learning (ODL) replace the university lecture.
This is one of the advantages of ODL. You can read and work through specially
designed study materials at your own pace and at a time and place that is convenient
for you. Just as a lecturer may give you classroom exercises, your study units provide
exercises for you at a particular time.

Each of the study units follows a common format. The first item is an introduction to
the subject matter of the study unit and how a specific study unit is integrated with
the other study and the course as a whole. Following the introduction are the intended
learning outcomes which help you to know what you should be able to do by the time
you have completed the study unit. While studying the unit, you should go back and
check if you have achieved the stated learning outcomes. If you consistently do this,
you will improve your chances of passing the course. The main content of the study
unit guides you through the required reading from recommended sources.
Tutor-Marked Assignments (TMAs) are found at the end of every study unit.
Working through these SAEs will help you achieve the study units' objectives and
prepare you for the examination.
You should do every SAE as you come to it in the study units. There will also be
examples given in the study units. Work through these when you get to them too.
The following is a practical strategy for working through the course. If you encounter
any problem, telephone your tutor immediately. Remember that your tutor’s job is to
help you. When you need help, do not hesitate to call and ask your tutor to provide it.

14
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1. The main body of the unit guides you through the required reading and directs
you to other sources, if any.

2. Your first assignment in this course is to read this course guide thoroughly.

3. Organise a study schedule: Refer to the course overview for more details. You
should note that you are expected to devote at least 2 hours per week to study
this course. Note important information such as details of your tutorials, dates
for submission of TMAs, exams etc. and write it down in your diary.

4. Once you have created your study schedule, do everything to stay faithful. The
major reason students fail is that they get behind in their coursework. If you
get into difficulties with your schedule, please let your tutor know before it is
too late to help.

5. Turn to Unit 1, and read the introduction and the objectives for unit 1.

6. Assemble the study materials. You will need your references and the unit you
were studying at any time.

7. As you work through the unit, you will know the sources to consult for further
readings.

8. Visit your study centre whenever you need up-to-date information

9. Before the relevant due dates (about four weeks before the due dates), visit
your study centre for your next required assignment. Remember that you will
learn a lot by doing the assignment carefully. They have been designed to help
you meet the objectives of the course and, therefore, will help you pass the
examination. Submit all assignments not later than the due date.

10. Review the objectives for each study unit to confirm that you have achieved
them. Review the study materials or consult your tutor if you feel unsure about
any of the objectives. You can start on the next unit when you are confident
that you have achieved a unit’s objectives. Proceed unit by unit through the
course and try to space your study to keep yourself on schedule.

11. When you have submitted an assignment to your tutor for marking, do not
wait for its return before starting the next unit. Keep to your schedule. When
the assignment is returned, pay particular attention to your tutor’s comments
on the tutor-marked assignment form and the written comments on the
ordinary assignments.

15
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

12. After completing the last unit, review the course and prepare yourself for the
final examination. Check that you have achieved the unit objectives (listed at
the beginning of each unit) and the course objectives (listed in the Course
Guide).
FACILITATION
You will receive online facilitation. The facilitation is learner-centred. The mode of
facilitation shall be asynchronous and synchronous. For asynchronous facilitation,
your facilitator will:

 Present the theme for the week;

 Direct and summarise forum discussions;
 Coordinate activities in the platform;
 Score and grade activities when needed;
 Upload scores into the university-recommended platform;
 Support and help you to learn. In this regard, personal emails may be sent;
 Send videos, audio lectures and podcasts to you.

For the synchronous:

 There will be eight hours of online real-time contacts in the course. This will
be through video conferencing in the Learning Management System. The
eight hours shall be of one-hour contact for eight times.
 At the end of each one-hour video conferencing, the video will be uploaded
for viewing at your pace.
 The facilitator will concentrate on the main themes that are must-know in the
course.
 The facilitator will present the online real-time video facilitation timetable at
the beginning of the course.
 The facilitator will take you through the course guide in the first lecture at the
start date of the facilitation

Do not hesitate to contact your facilitator. Contact your facilitator if you:

 do not understand any part of the study units or the assignments.

 have difficulty with the self-assessment exercises.
 have any questions or problems with an assignment or with your tutor’s
comments on an assignment.

Also, use the contact provided for technical support.

Read all the comments and notes of your facilitator, especially on your assignments;
participate in the forums and discussions. This allows you to socialise with others in

16
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

the programme. You can discuss any problem encountered during your study. To
gain the maximum benefit from course facilitation, prepare a list of questions before
the discussion session. You will learn a lot from participating actively in the
discussions.

Finally, respond to the questionnaire. This will help the university to know your
areas of challenges and how to improve them for reviewing the course materials and
lectures.

Contents
Module 1 Basics of Library Automation
Unit 1 Concept of Library Automation.
Unit 2 Requirements for Library Automation.
Unit 3 Basic Components of Library Automation System.
Unit 4 Planning for Library Automation.
Module 2 Software Selection and System Requirements
Unit 1 The Software Concept.
Unit 2 Library Automation Software Packages.
Unit 3 Library Management System Structure.
Unit 4 Selection of Library Automation Software.
Module 3 Automated System Implementation and Processes
Unit 1 System Requirements for Library Automation.
Unit 2 The Library Automation Process.
Unit 3 Library Automated System Implementation.
Unit 4 Training in Library Automation.
Unit 5 Funding Library Automation.
Module 4 Practicum in Library Automation
Unit 1 Practicum / Practical work-based on Library Automation.

17
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

MODULE 1 BASICS OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

In this module, you will be introduced to the basics of library automation vis-à-vis its
definition, concepts, factors and requirements of library automation; basic
components of a library automation system; and planning for library automation.

Unit 1 Concept of Library Automation.

Unit 2 Requirements for Library Automation.
Unit 3 Components of Automation System.
Unit 4 Planning for Library Automation.

UNIT 1 CONCEPT OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

UNIT STRUCTURE
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Learning Outcomes
1.3 Concept of Automation
1.4 Concept of Library Automation
1.4.1 Objectives of Library Automation
1.4.2 Importance of Library Automation
1.4.3 Reason for Library Automation
1.5 Disadvantages of Library Automation
1.6 History of Library Automation
1.6.1 Landmark development in the history of library automation
1.7 Summary
1.8 Glossary
1.9 References/Further Readings
1.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the content

1.1 INTRODUCTION
Libraries are an integral part of society and educational institutions. They serve as the
hub for learning, research and teaching; and provide unrestricted access to a vast
quantum of information resources and sources to students, patrons, researchers, and
teachers alike (Muniraja, 2021). Libraries and information professionals are not left
out of the digital transformation frenzy in workplaces, as computers are used as
powerful tools to improve both the operational efficiency of the library and
information personnel and the quality and range of services provided to the user
community. Basic knowledge of the automation concept would put the icing on the
cake for the smooth running of the library and information centres. This unit
therefore, exposes you to the definition of the concepts of automation and library
automation, objectives, importance, reasons, disadvantages and landmark
development in the history of library automation.

18
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 1: Library Automation

Source: https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/img/blog/3.jpg

1.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define automation;
 Define library automation;
 Outline the objectives of library automation;
 State the importance of library automation;
 Describe the reasons for library automation;
 Mention the disadvantages of library automation; and
 Describe landmark development in the history of library automation.

1.3 CONCEPT OF AUTOMATION

Automation is the application of technology, programmes, robotics or processes to
achieve results with minimal human effort (International Business Machine (IBM),
2022). Automation entails using electronics and computer-controlled devices to
assume control of procedures (Market Business News (MBN), 2022). Also, it refers
to the tasks in which machines have sufficient involvement in human intelligence or
effort (Library Academy, 2020). Techopedia (2021) defined automation as using
technology to produce and deliver goods and services with minimal human
intervention. Therefore, automation is important, given that it reduces operating cost,
time and effort; optimises internal resource allocation, increases performance,
improves efficiency, productivity, reliability, and speed of many tasks previously
performed by humans in organisations.

19
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Automation replaces labour and helps organisations streamline their entire workflow.
Gavit (2019) described automation as the automatic operation and control of a
process, equipment, or system; or the techniques and equipment used to accomplish
this. Automation exists in all functions, involving many key elements, systems, and
jobs within the industry, including integration, installation, procurement,
maintenance, marketing, sales, healthcare and education. In Library and Information
Science, automation is the technology involved with designing and developing
processes and systems that reduce the need for human intervention in their
functioning (Librarianshipstudies.com, 2020). Moreso, automation revolutionised
those areas in which it has been introduced, and there is scarcely an aspect of modern
life that has not been affected by it.
https://youtube/W8mKWrT-Cxk?t=1

What is Automation?

1.4 CONCEPT OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Figure 2: Web-based Library Service

Source:https://www.libraryworld.com/images/something-for-someone-s-2.jpg

20
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Library automation is a generic term that refers to the application of computers and
other related technologies to manage library operations and services. Atanda (2018)
defined library automation as the use of automatic and semi-automatic data
processing machines to perform traditional library functions such as acquisition,
circulation, cataloguing, and serial management. Patel (2014) described library
automation as the different activities relating to locating, acquiring, storing, updating,
processing, packaging, reproducing, disseminating, communicating and improving
the quality of products and services of a library. Accordingly, library automation is
an essential tool for effective library management. It conserves the librarian's time for
other services, saves them from routine clerical tasks and enhances the workforce's
speed, efficiency, and productivity (Bhardwaj & Shukla, 2000).
Library automation involves the application of computer and telecommunications
technology to bibliographic control, database access, resource sharing and other
electronic communication or transmission to improve and enhance library users'
services (Western New York Regional Information Center (WNYRIC), 2019).
LISBDNETWORK (2022) described library automation as providing fast and easy
access to information resources wherever they might be located, either in the
information system or the cloud. Also, Librarianship Studies and Information
Technology (2020) defined library automation as the use of the computer to automate
the typical procedures of libraries, such as acquisition, cataloguing, circulation and
report generation. In essence, the automation of library processes is not just a fad;
instead, it is crucial for improved and effective library operations, increased customer
satisfaction, and increased efficiency and productivity of library personnel.

1.4.1 Objectives of Library Automation

The objectives of library automation as outlined by Library academy (2020);
elibrarysoftware.com (2019), Sadaf (2015), and Tandel (n.d.) are as follows:
a. To have practical and effective control over the entire library collection and
operation.

b. To avoid duplicating efforts and improve existing services.

c. To effectively share library information resources among the libraries in

the system.

d. To facilitate easy information retrieval beyond bibliographic records.

e. To take advantage of, and add to local and international cataloguing and
indexing by offering users access to unique information resources in other
libraries.

f. To create a local library information tool by linking to other

information networks and sources.

21
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

g. To assist people in developing the computer literacy skills they need in a fast-
changing learning environment, therefore reducing the digital divide.

h. To better utilise human resources by employing computers to perform routine

tasks.

i. To modernise and control library operations by reducing costs.

j. To Improve operations and speed, thus, saving the readers' time according to
the fourth law of Library Science.
State any five (5) objectives of library automation

1.4.2 Importance of Library Automation

With automation, the work of librarians and other library staff becomes easy. The
importance of library automation are as follows:

a) The automated system provides better and easy access to the library
collection. With just a click, patrons can search for books available in the
library's database.
b) The automated system makes stock checking and book verification possible
within a couple of hours, thus saving a considerable amount of time as
opposed to the manual system.
c) The library automation software makes the library smart by organising the
books systematically according to the author, title and subject. It allows for a
quick and effortless search by the patrons.
d) The automation system provides the facility of easy maintenance.
e) The automated system makes it possible to generate reports promptly.
f) It improves the search process by advancing the search option.
g) Library automation system provides users(s) with a better search interface and
information access to library users.
h) Library automation reduces workload and improves the productivity of library
personnel.
Why is automation important in libraries?

22
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 3: Importance of Automation

Source: https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/img/blog/9.jpg

1.4.3 Reason for Library Automation

Reasons for the use of computers in automating the library routines are as follows:

a) Automation permits decentralized access to a bibliographic record by

multiple users.

b) Automation of library routines helps increase internal operational efficiency

by improving workflow within the library and data sharing between libraries.

c) It improves the quality of services rendered by the library due to reduced

workload for professional staff.

d) Cataloguing is one of the costliest operations in libraries. Automation

encourages the sharing of cataloguing information to gain efficiencies and
control over internal costs.

e) To have better and more effective control over the entire library collection and
operation.

f) Automation increases the productivity of library staff and avoids work

duplication.

g) Library automation provides easy access to the information system that stores
information and knowledge in diverse formats, such as books, journals,
videos, maps, bulletins, and photographs, among others.

h) It allows library users to have direct online access to library resources.

Outline the reasons for library automation.

23
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 4: Reasons for automating a library

Source: https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/img/reportSystem.jpg

1.5 DISADVANTAGES OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Library automation is a valuable process, but some of the disadvantages include:
a) Time-consuming: Automation is a time-consuming process requiring regular
system maintenance and frequent end-user training, leaving library staff with
little time to develop new services or interact with patrons.
b) Redundancy: Automation has replaced many tasks that library staff once
performed. For example, patrons can self-check books by swiping their library
card and scanning the book's barcode in a scanning machine. Hence, they no
longer require assistance locating library materials; computers now provide
the information and access.
c) Capital-intensive: Automation is an expensive project. Many libraries may be
unable to pay for the start-up, annual maintenance, technical support costs,
and the conversion of a library's shelf list into a machine-readable format.
d) Training: Regular training of stakeholders is necessary to keep up with the
latest development and upgrading of the system. However, this can put undue
pressure on the time of library personnel.
e) Internet access: Poor Internet connectivity due to low bandwidth in the
library can disrupt everyday work, limit access from patrons, cause delays
with email communication, and software updates
f) Infrastructural facilities: If the facilities housing the automated system are
inadequate, the system may not perform as expected. This can demoralize and
decrease the productivity of library personnel.
State the disadvantages of library automation.

24
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.6 HISTORY OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

The process of automating libraries started gradually, with separate systems for
acquisition, cataloguing, database search, reference service, and circulation. Although
advances in telecommunication technology accelerated the advancement of computer
hardware and software, only a few libraries could afford mainframe computers
because they were so expensive and had to be kept in air-conditioned, dust-proof
rooms and cared for by people in white lab coats (Syed, 2011). Library automation
changed with the introduction of graphical user interfaces (GUI), particularly the
Windows operating system, with vendors shifting quickly from character-based
mainframe systems to client/server Windows GUIs. Consequently, requests for
proposals (RFPs) was created by librarians to upgrade their outdated automated
systems. The new systems benefited users because they no longer had to memorise
long commands to search, retrieve, and display bibliographic entries.

Throughout the 1990s, the pace of development in libraries matched the changes
fueled by the introduction of the World Wide Web. As a result, many library
automation vendors adopted the Z39.50 standards and developed Web-based
catalogues. Though new products included features from previous generations of
online catalogues, such as author/title/subject or keyword searching, Boolean
operators, and truncation capabilities, they also gave users new ways to search for
and display the requested information. In addition, adopting Z39.50 standards
ensured that these features were implemented consistently across Web interfaces. For
libraries to provide better service to their users, they have their subsystems
automated. At the same time, advances in computer and telecommunication
technologies, new standards for document storage and retrieval, and the World Wide
Web transformed the roles of librarians and automating libraries now refers to the
transfer of digital information from the producer to the consumer, regardless of the
medium, shape, size, or form. Thus, library automation has evolved into information
automation.

1.6.1 Landmark Development in the History of Library Automation

The automation of libraries progressed in line with computer and communication
technology advances. The most significant developments in the history of library
automation are as follows:
 In the 1930s, the first steps toward library automation were taken when
punch card equipment was used for library circulation and acquisition.

 The late 1930s - early 1940s: World War II slowed down the development of
computer systems.

 From 1946 - 1947: John Mauchly and J. Presper Eckert of the University of
Pennsylvania designed The Electronic Numerical Integrator and Calculator
(ENIAC I) computer; the computer contained 18,000 vacuum tubes, weighed

25
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

thirty tons, and was housed in a two-story building. Another computer,

EDVAC, was designed to store two programs simultaneously and switch
between the two sets of instructions.

 In 1947: The invention of the transistor by Bell Laboratories, which replaced

vacuum tubes, was a huge achievement. As a result, the size of the computer
was reduced, but its speed and storage capacity were increased.

 From 1951 to 1963, the Universal Automatic Computer I (UNIVAC I)

was the first to use transistors. The US Census Bureau used this during the
census. Operating systems and programming languages were developed
alongside software for newly designed computers.
 Early 1960s: Robert Noyce of Intel and Jack Kirby of Texas Instruments
invented the integrated circuit by assembling all electronic components onto a
single silicon chip.

 1961: H.P. Luhn created a brand-new indexing method for articles found in
chemical abstracts called ‘Keyword in context’ (KWIC). However, even
though keyword indexing was nothing new, it was discovered to be
particularly computer-friendly due to its low cost and multiple access points.

 Mid-1960s: The Library of Congress (LoC) started using computers to create

machine-readable catalogue (MARC) entries.

 Between 1965 and 1968: The Library of Congress (LoC) initiated the
MARC I and MARC II projects. MARC was created as a method for
‘tagging’ bibliographic documents with three-digit numbers to designate
fields.

 1969: Defence Advanced Research Projects Agency's ARPANET network

launched email, telnet, and FTP.

 1970s: DIALOG, a commercial database search tool, was used to search

reference databases. One of the first was Bibliographical Automation of
Large Library Operations (BALLOTS), which eventually became the
foundation of the Research Libraries Information Network (RLIN). In
addition, the On-line Computer Library Center (OCLC) launched its first
collaborative cataloguing project. This project helped member libraries
process library materials.

 1974: The National Information Standards Organisation (NISO) accepted

standard was built on the MARC II format. The standards allowed for the
reading and transmission of a bibliographic record by a computer between
different library systems, which was a significant advancement.

26
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Early 1980s: MELVYL, the University of California's online public access

catalogue, was made available on a national scale by a sub-net of ARPANET.
The MELVYL is still used as centralised integrated library software across all
University of California campuses.

 During 1980s: Technology made computers smaller and faster, with more
RAM and storage. As a result, in industrialised nations, households, schools,
libraries, and offices increasingly use microcomputers.

 1985: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization

(UNESCO) began distributing Micro CDS/ISIS through its distribution
centres in every developed country. The free availability of Micro CDS/ISIS,
created specifically for library applications, proved beneficial for librarians in
developing countries.

 Late 1980s: Several integrated library packages began to appear on the

market. LIBSYS was introduced in India near the end of the 1980s. Other
software, such as spreadsheets and databases, became available to librarians
to aid library administration and information dissemination. Similarly, the
introduction of CD-ROMs in the late 1980s altered how libraries functioned.
CD-ROMs with databases, software, and information previously only
available in print became available, making the information more accessible.

 Early 1990s: The massive connection to external databases such as OCLC,

DIALOG, and RLIN was maintained. In addition, previously available online
databases were made available on CD-ROM. Libraries could then obtain
information in a variety of ways.

 In the 1990s: The Internet ushered in a new era of library automation.

Connections to online commercial systems, e-mail, FTP, telnet, and the
Internet were increasingly made via networks.

 1992 -1993: The World Wide Web evolved and became the fastest-growing
medium for all types of information delivery.

 2000s: With advancements in software and hardware capabilities, expert and

knowledge systems became available. The ability to quickly process, store,
send, and retrieve information is causing the current information delivery
services to flourish as more advanced silicon computer chips, expanded
storage space, and faster, higher-capacity telecommunication lines are
developed.

 Mid 2000s: The fourth industrial revolution drove computing advancements.

Using the 4th Industrial Revolution, libraries are developing Library 4.0
technology, which includes intelligent systems, maker spaces, context-aware

27
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

technology, open source, big data, cloud service, augmented reality, state-of-
the-art displays, AI, IoT, block chain, virtual reality, and Librarian 4.0.
Describe the landmark development in the history of library automation?

1.7 SUMMARY
Advances in technologies opened up a new vista for libraries. Computers and other
devices are used for general library services, operation, and information management.
These significantly increase library automation, freeing librarians and staff from
repetitive library routines and allowing them to contribute meaningfully to
knowledge and information dissemination. This unit examined the definition of
automation and library automation, objectives, importance, reasons, and
disadvantages of library automation. The unit also covered the history of library
automation and landmark development in the history of automation.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Filling the gaps as appropriate
a. Automation replaces labour and helps organisations -----------------------
their entire workflow.
b. Library automation as the use of the computer to automate the --------------
----------------------------- of libraries.
c. Automation increases ------------------------ of library staff Library
automation saves the time of users and library staff.
d. Automation is a ---------------------------- process that requires regular -------
--------------------------- and frequent ------------------------ training.
e. Library automation provides easy access to ------------------------------ that
stores information and knowledge in diverse formats.
f. The first steps toward library automation were taken when -------------------
-------------- equipment was used for circulation and acquisition in libraries.
g. The Electronic Numerical Integrator and Calculator computer contained ---
--------------- vacuum tubes.
h. The first computer to use transistors was named ----------------------------.
i. The ----------------------- ushered in a new era of library automation.
j. The ------------------------- revolution drove computing advancements.

1.8 GLOSSARY

 Automation: This refers to the use of technologies to produce and deliver

goods and services with minimal human intervention.

 Library automation: This refers to the application of computers, software,

networking devices, disks, optical media and related data processing
equipment for library processes and operations.

28
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.9 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Ajay, S.M, Santosh, K.T. & Tarseem, S. (2015). Library automation: Issues,
challenges and remedies. Times International Journal of Research, 9 - 16
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/277668181_LIBRARY_AUTOMATI
ON_ISSUES_CHALLENGES_AND_REMEDIES_AUTHOR.
Anurag, B. (2020, December 21). Library Management System: What is the purpose
of a library management system. SkoolBeep Blog.
https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/library-management-system/
Atanda, L.A. (2018). Impact of library automation in Nigerian universities. Research
Journal of Library and Information Science, 2(4), 21-25
https://www.sryahwapublication.com/impact-of-library-automation-in-
Nigerian-universities
Bhardwaj, R.K. & Shukla, R.K. (2000). A practical approach to library automation.
Library Progress (International), 20:1; 1 – 11,
https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.629.4014&rep=rep1
&type=pdf
Borgman, C.L. (1997). From acting locally to thinking globally: A brief history of
library automation. Library Quarterly, 67(3), DOI:10.1086/629950.
https://escholarship.org/content/qt4jb6c1pz/qt4jb6c1pz.pdf?t=p7cadt.
Elibrarysoftware.com (2019, December, 23). Why is library automation important?
Elibrary software Blog https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/why-is-library-
automation-important.html blog.html.
Encyclopedia.com (2022). Library automation.
https://www.encyclopedia.com/media/encyclopedias-almanacs-transcripts-and-
maps/library-automation.
Gavit, B.K. (2019). Library automation. Library Philosophy and Practice (e-
journal). https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libphilprac/2274.
International Business Machine (2022). What is automation.
https://www.ibm.com/topics/automation.
Levine – Clarke, M. (2013). The America Library Association of Glossary of Library
and Information Science. 4th edition. Chicago: American Library Association).
Library Academy (2020, July 2). What is the library automation system and its need
and objective? Library Academy Blog.
https://www.libraryscience.in/2020/07/library-automation.html.
LISBDNETWORK (2022, February, 16). Library automation. Library and
Information Science Academic Blog. https://www.lisedunetwork.com/library-
automation.html.

29
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Librarianship Studies and Information Technology (2020, June 28th). Library

Automation. Librarianship Studies and Information Technology Blog
https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2017/10/library-automation.html?m=1.
Mishra, L. Automation and networking of libraries. New Age International Ltd,
2008. ProQuest eBook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/libinstitute-
ebooks/detail.action?docID=424093.
Muniraja, A. (2021). Library automation: An introduction. International Journal of
Research in Library, 7(2), 192-198. DOI:10.26761/IJRLS.7.2.2021.1413
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/353426551_Library_Automation_-
_An_Introduction.
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books.
https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/Library-Automation.pdf.
Pandya, M.V. (n.d.). Need and importance of library automation in public libraries.
http://www.alibnet.org/public/bookofpaper/ppts>37
Patel, S.N. (2014). Library Automation: An overview. International Journal of
Research in Humanities and Social Sciences, 2(5), 35 - 40.
http://www.raijmr.com/ijrhs/wpcontent/uploads/2017/11/IJRHS_2014_vol02_iss
ue_05_06.pdf
Syed, C. (2011). Parents of invention: The development of library automation
systems in the late 20th century. Libraries Unlimited.
Sadaf, F. (2015). Application and utility of OPAC in Maulana Azad library.
http://ir.amu.ac.in/id/eprint/3218.
Tandel, N. M. (n.d.). Library automation: An overview.
https://www.eg4.nic.in/jnv/DFILES/EBOOKS/IR/LIBRARYAUTOMATION
ANOVERVIEW.docx.
Techopedia Inc. (2021, June 8). Automation: What does automation mean?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/32099/automation.
Western New York Regional Information Center (WNYRIC, 2019). Library
automation.https://www.wnyric.org/en/instructional-support/library-
automation.aspx.
Willis, D. (2017). Advantages and disadvantages of library automation.
https://bizfluent.com/info-8634909-advantages-disadvantages-library-
automation.html .
1.10 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)
WITHIN THE CONTENT
a. Streamline.
b. Typical procedure.
c. Productivity.
d. Time-consuming, System maintenance and End-user.
e. Information System.
30
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

f. Punch card.
g. 18,000.
h. UNIVAC-1.
i. Internet.
j. Fourth industrial.

UNIT 2 REQUIREMENTS FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

UNIT STRUCTURE

2.1 Introduction
2.2 Learning Outcomes
2.3 Functions of Library Automation
2.4 Basic Requirements of Library Automation
2.5 Areas and Services of Library Automation
2.5.1 Acquisition
2.5.2 Classification and Cataloguing
2.5.3 Circulation Control
2.5.4 Serials Control
2.5.5 Data Entry
2.5.6 Reference Services
2.5.7 Documentation and Allied Services
2.5.8 Information Retrieval
2.5.9 Library Cooperation
2.5.10 Reports
2.6 Barriers to Library Automation
2.7 Summary
2.8 Glossary
2.9 References/Further Readings
2.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercises within the Content

2.1 INTRODUCTION
Library automation is the application of information and communication technologies
(ICTs) to library operations and services. Computers and other related technologies
gave way to new possibilities in the handling, accessing and disseminating of
information. In the previous unit, we discussed the definition and concept of
automation and library automation, its objectives, importance, disadvantages, and
historical development. In this unit, therefore, our focus will be on functions of
library automation, requirements for library automation and barriers to library
automation.

2.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:

31
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Outline the functions of library automation;

 State the requirements of library automation;
 Describe the areas and services of library automation; and
 Discuss the barriers to library automation.

2.3 FUNCTIONS OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Library automation is the application of computers to perform traditional library

functions and routines. The functions of library automation are:
a. To help manage physical and digital resources and all library routine
activities.
b. To satisfy users’ needs in the changing information environment by providing
a friendly user-interface with enhanced information retrieval skills.
c. To reduce the drudgery of repeated manual efforts in library operations and
functions.
d. To facilitate access to the online public access catalogue with the user-friendly
search interface.
e. To help in the analysis of document contents and the allocation of controlled
subject headings.
f. To promote ease of cataloguing and guarantee data consistency, thus
facilitating the printing of Authority files.
g. To expedite searches because the system has a robust search function.
h. To allow flexibility in handling library routines, with several printing layouts
available.
i. To facilitate the setting and configuration of software to suit the peculiar needs
of a library.
j. To reduce the staff workload and increases the efficiency of the library.
k. To promote stock maintenance, oversee fee collections and ensures the prompt
generation of daily statistics of library users.
2.4 BASIC REQUIREMENTS OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION
The library automation requirements are qualifications the library must have to
determine its suitability for the automation project. Hence, the decision to select or
reject particular hardware and software setup and other related peripherals has to be
taken based on considerations for the library's level of preparedness. The basic
requirements of Library Automation are as follows:

a. Library Collection: Library collection refers to the entire holdings of a

library, such as books, periodicals, monographs, and reports. In selecting or

32
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

rejecting the type of system (hardware and software), consider the full
document backup and its storage capacity based on the library collections and
future projections. Several options are available in the market. The library
should decide on a system with a high hard disk storage capacity of between
1-3 Terabytes (TB) with a RAM of higher processing speed (see Table1and
2).

b. Type of services: The hallmark of any library is to render quality and timely
service to users. The nature of operations and the types of services the library
plans to provide with the automated system will directly impact the kind of
system to select. It is advisable to go for a system (hardware and software)
that has been tried and tested for quality, durability, speed and ability to
deliver and enhanced with the capacity to provide a wide range of timely,
dependable, efficient, and effective services.

c. Nature of the library’s daily transactions: The nature of the library’s daily
transactions entails the records of books processed, the number of serials
registered and issued, number of notices issued both to the students and
vendors. Thus, an anticipated daily transaction in a library will help decide on
the system to acquire. Note that the higher the volume of daily transactions,
the higher the speed and capability of the Random Access Memory (RAM)
and other secondary storage devices for archival storage and backup. It will
go a long way to ensure the speed at which the system will execute users’
commands and prevent avoidable delay (see Table 1 and Table 2 for the
Basic System Requirements).

d. Number of users: The number of users projected to access the library's

automated system daily will determine the total number of computer systems
to acquire. Knowledge of the projected number of users will help the library
decide whether to invest in a few standalone systems or a networked system
with many workstations that can accommodate a large group of library users
or decide on a Server with distributed terminals all over the university
campus.

e. Automation and data processing: Library activities are primarily routine

and clerical, with many notices to patrons and orders to vendors daily. In
deciding on the type of system to select for the automation project, the library
should consider the system's data processing capacity and communication
exchange capabilities and its ability to meet modern office trends in the era of
digitisation.

f. Turnkey system: A turnkey system is a complete hardware and software

computer system customized for a particular application, such as library
automation. They are fully operational, require no additional components or
modifications, and are ready for use. The library should consider selecting a

33
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

turnkey system that can easily be configured to the need of any library or go
for either a cooperation system, in-house or commercial software.

Describe the basic requirements of library automation.

Table 1: Basic Hardware Requirement/ Specification of Library Automation

Large-sized Library Medium-sized Library Small-sized library
Pentium (® Intel Core i7 Pentium®) Intel Core i7 Pentium (®) Intel Core i7
processor with the following processor with the following processor with the following
specifications: specifications: specifications:
16GB RAM. 8GB RAM. 4GB RAM.
2-3 TB Hard Disk Drive 1TB Hard Disk Drive. 500 Gigabyte Hard Disk Drive.
(HDD).
UPS/CVT/Inverter. UPS/CVT/Inverter. UPS/CVT/Inverter.
“18.5” Inch FHD LED “18.5” Inch FHD LED “18.5” Inch FHD LED Monitor.
Monitor. Monitor.
USB Port Extension. USB Port Extension. USB Port Extension.
Routers for networking Routers: for networking Routers: for networking (multiple
(multiple users) (multiple users) users)
 D-link  D-link  D-link
 Tenda  Tenda  Tenda
 TP-Link  TP-Link  TP-Link
 ASUS  ASUS  ASUS

No of Terminal: 30 – 35. No on Terminal: 10 – 15. No of Terminal: 3 – 5.

LaserJet Pro multifunctional LaserJet Pro multifunctional LaserJet Pro multifunctional
Printer. Printer. Printer.
Modem for communication Modem for communication Modem for communication
 D-Link.  D-Link.  D-Link.
 Tenda.  Tenda.  Tenda.
 TP-Link.  TP-Link.  TP-Link.

 Hard disk drives  Hard disk drives  Hard disk drives

(HDDs). (HDDs). (HDDs).
 Solid-state drives  Solid-state drives  Solid-state drives
(SSDs). (SSDs). (SSDs).
 Cloud storage.
 Cloud storage.  Cloud storage.
 Blu-ray drives.  Blu-ray drives.  Blu-ray drives.
 USB flash drives.  USB flash drives.  USB flash drives.
 SD cards.  SD cards.  SD cards.

TCP/IP. TCP/IP. TCP/IP.

34
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Windows 10 Professional Windows 10 Professional Windows 10 Professional (64Bit).

(64Bit). (64Bit).

Barcode system with Barcode system with software. Barcode system with software.
software.
Scanner. Scanner. Scanner.
Lamination machine. Lamination machine. Lamination machine.
Sources: https://www.techopedia.com/definition/13265/secondary-storage-device
https://www.educba.com/types-of-primary-memory/)
https://www.educba.com/types-of-cpu/?source=leftnav)
https://www.lisedunetwork.com/basic-components-of-library- automation/

Table 2: Basic computer system requirements/specification of library

automation
Standalone system Dedicated Client/Server System On Cloud system
 PN:25821KA  http://www.amazon web
 Pentium® Intel Core i7  One Socket Tower services
Processor  Intel Xeon E3 – 1220v2 CPU  http://www.cloudoye.com
 16GB Ram (Quad Core)  http://azure.microsoft.co
 1TB Hard Disk Drive  3.1. Ghz 8 MB Cache  http://googlecloud.com
(HDD)  1600 MHz, 1 x 4GB Memory
 18.5 Inch FHD LED  1x500 GB SATA 7200 RPM, 3.5” Note: The price of Cloud Server
Monitor Simple Swap determined solely by the Service
 Windows 10  Multi Burner, Integrated Raid 01 provider based on the following
Professional (64Bit) SR ( C100) specifications:
 Storage capacity,
 RAM.
 Operating system e.g Windows
and the
 Library automation supporting
Software.
Sources:https://www-konga-com
res.cloudinary.com/w_auto,f_auto,fl_lossy,dpr_auto,q_auto/media/catalog/p
roduct/C/R/90720_1635432828.jpg

2.5 AREAS AND SERVICES OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION

The areas and services of library automation mainly revolve around library
housekeeping operations. Library housekeeping operations refer to a group of library
activities performed in the functioning of the library, like acquisition, serials control,
and circulation, which allows the performance of the day-to-day functions in a
library. These are highly labour-intensive, back-end and routine clerical activities in
the library. Patel (2014); and Bhardwaj and Shukla (2010) outlined those areas and
services of library automation include:
2.5.1 Acquisition
Acquisition is a major and essential library operation critical to achieving a
library's mission and central to information resources development. Acquisition
refers to all activities associated with the selection and procurement of books,

35
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

monographs, periodicals, audio-visual, electronic materials (e-books, e-journals,

databases), digital objects (CDs and DVDs), and maps, among others, as well as
the maintenance of records for libraries and information centres.

Acquisition involves a great deal of detailed and exacting paperwork, materials

handling in large quantities, reconciliation of orders, invoices, materials received,
and fiscal control. Also, it requires constant examination and evaluation of
information resources, the study of patrons' needs and changes in the community
to serve. Therefore, the acquisition is highly labour-intensive and a prime
candidate for automation support. Some of the specific functions of the
acquisition process are as follows:
 Suggestions, recommendations, and library collection selection.
 Checking for duplication and Library holdings.
 Vendor selection.
 Order preparation.
 Cancellations of order lists accompanied by supply terms and conditions.
 Checking overdue and record of items on order.
 Record of items received/not received and receipt to the vendor.
 Verification of items with the order file and invoice.
 Receiving/invoice management.
 Extended procurement.
 Gift monitoring.
 Verification of items using the order file and invoice.
 Inspection of items.
 Prepare for payment after Accessioning.
 Accounts preparation and budget planning.
 Final report of activities.

2.5.2 Cataloguing and Classification

Cataloguing is the process of describing, recording, and displaying information about
library holdings. It is the prime method of providing access to collections in a library.
Other cataloguing tasks include creating, storing, retrieving, and managing
bibliographic records. Cataloguing is a traditional and fundamental activity practised
among libraries the world over. Whether manual or automated, the cataloguing
system encompasses two interrelated activities - descriptive cataloguing and the
production of the library catalogue.
Classification, which forms the foundation of librarianship, refers to a mental process
of grouping similar objects together and organising library documents according to
subject content. Activities involved in cataloguing and classification are as follows:
 Cataloguing and classification of books, serials, and other special collections.
 Production of catalogue cards.
 Cataloguing online.
 Catalogue card duplication detection.

36
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Making an authority file and a subject heading list.

 Catalogue card sorting, check-in, and filing.
 Automatic creation of new entries (author, title, series).
 Generation of Accession list (monthly).

2.5.3 Circulation Control

Circulation control or library lending comprises the activities associated with lending
library books and other materials to library users. It is a fundamental and necessary
function of the library. Circulation necessitates extensive record keeping and
consumes staff time. It is crucial that library records be correct and that all
information be updated immediately following each transaction. The circulation
module is responsible for the following activities:
 Member registration/cancellation.
 Charging, discharge, and renewal of books.
 Keeping track and report of circulation statistics.
 Loan periods.
 The use of a barcode system.
 Processing schedules.
 Holds, messages, and blocks.
 Notice generation.
 Devices for recording transactions for offline processing.
 Control of members/inventory.

2.5.4 Serials Control

Serials contain current events and are issued in successive parts but not necessarily,
at regularly scheduled intervals. Serials generally have a numerical or chronological
designation, such as journals, statistical publications, newspapers, newsletters, and
annual reports. Serials control refers to those tasks which support the procurement
and management of serials collection in a library. Because of the unpredictable nature
of serials publications, serials control is one of the most important housekeeping
functions of the library. Activities involved in Serials control are:
 Receipt (check-in).
 Claiming.
 Input the required serials data.
 Order list of new serials.
 Payment mode/preparation
 Bindery control.
 The bound Serials Accession register.
 Making a list of current holdings, additions, missing issue(s), and
cancellations.
 Replacements.
 Monographic serials.
 Invoice processing.

37
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Prepare a budget and keep track of account statistics.

2.5.5 Data Entry

Data entry involves transferring data from one medium to another. Data entry
activities revolve around typing hard copy information into a computer program to
organise the information in a helpful way for the library. Creating bibliographic
databases is an important activity in the library automation project. As a result, a
database is required for each of the following library materials/resources:
 Books.
 Serials.
 Monographs.
 Collections of multimedia (Audio-visual, CDs, Floppies, DVDs).
 Items given as gifts.
 Reports and maps.
 Clients / Users / Patrons / Employees.

2.5.6 Reference Services

Reference service, referred to as reference and information service, refers to the
personalised assistance offered to library patrons seeking information (Bunge, 1999).
Activities consist of:
 Desk services.
 User tools.
 Bibliographic usage.
 Reprography and Bindery.
 Communications between libraries.
 General administration.
 Grants Administration.
 The library's publications.
 Periodical citation searching.
 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC).
 Bibliographic Database.

2.5.7 Documentation and Allied Services

Documentation service is reproducing any material and making it available to
readers. Examples of documentation services are:
 Indexing and abstracting of micro and macro documents.
 Thesaurus construction.
 Bibliographic control.
 Translation services in various languages,
 Reprographic service (the reproduction of reading material on-demand in the
form of micro-film, micro-card, microfiche and micro prints)
 Union catalogue compilation service.
 Current Awareness Services.

38
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Literature search.
 Selective Dissemination of Information.
 Newspaper cuttings.

2.5.8 Information Retrieval

Information retrieval is obtaining resources relevant to an information need from a
collection of information resources. It is one of the essential functions in the library
because it meets the demands of the required information of a user. Searches are
based either on full-text or other content-based indexing. Information retrieval
activities include:
 Database creation, maintenance, searching, and saving of in-house and
external databases.
 Search and printouts of queries against specified requirements such as:
 Books (issued, reserved, lost, overdue, weed-out).
 Membership.
 Inter-library loan.
 Penalty charges.
 Periodicals.
 Newspaper clippings reports: alphabetically, chronologically, subject-
wise, members-wise, keywords with each particular such as accession
number, title, author, call number, and edition.

2.5.9 Library Cooperation

Library cooperation is a concept of collaborative activities among libraries by sharing
bibliographic data and resources cost-effectively. Library cooperation aims to supply
better services to patrons, improve the efficiency of library operations, and utilise
resources effectively. Library cooperation activities are as follows:
 Sharing of library materials and bibliographic information.
 Cooperative acquisition, cataloguing, and coordinated information services.
 Resource sharing.
 Access to databases
 Information service.
 Back-up service.
 Document delivery.
 CD-ROM services (information searching and text delivery).
 Online search (downloading).
 Training in the library software (self-demonstration program, through help
menu and software manual or separate training model for library professionals
and users).

2.5.10 Reports
The report generation module can generate customized reports, such as books and
circulation statistics, according to the library's needs by sorting and filtering results

39
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

from the library database. It handles and facilitates the generation of several reports
for decision-making in effective library management.
Describe any five (5) areas and services of library automation.

OPAC

ACQUISITION

CATALOGUING &
CLASSIFICATION

DATA ENTRY

CIRCULATION

SERIALS CONTROL BIBLIOGRAPHIC

DATABASE
REFERENCE SERVICES

DOCUMENTATION &
ALLIED SERVICES PATRON
INFORMATION DATABASE
RETRIEVAL

COMMUNICATION
NETWORK

LIBRARY COOPERATION

REPORTS

Figure 5: Areas and services of Library Automation

Source: Self-constructed.

2.6 BARRIERS TO LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Computers provide quick and dependable access to information resources in libraries
and other locations. Nevertheless, automating a system is typically accompanied by
some barriers, including the following:
1. Time-consuming: Time is of great essence when embarking on any
automation project. From the planning stage to system implementation and use
requires much time. Therefore, before the commencement of the project, the
library management should consider factors such as funding, library
40
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

collections, infrastructure, and support of the different stakeholders to ensure

the success and completion of the project.
2. Training: Training library staff and patrons to operate and use the automated
system could be challenging. There is a need for regular and continuous
training of the users whenever the software is updated and upgraded with new
features. As a matter of concern, training is expensive, and there is never
enough. Library staff must have regular on-site, hands-on training sessions
when the automation software is updated.

3. Technology: refers to methods, systems, and devices resulting from scientific

knowledge used for practical purposes in organisations. They become obsolete
quickly because of changes in their functionality and the invention of new
products. Moreover, updating to the latest can be very expensive and
Herculean.
4. Data migration: Data migration is moving data from one platform, format,
or application to another due to the introduction of a new system. The entire
process may require extra time and money to work in the new environment.
5. Funding: Library automation is expensive. Most libraries may not have the
financial capacity to embark on the project. Also, adequate funds may not be
available for the maintenance of the system, training and retraining of library
staff, and upgrading or outright procurement of hardware, software, and other
computer peripherals.
6. Power supply: There is a need for a regular power supply source for the
automated system's uninterrupted functioning. Which most times may not be
feasible.
7. Internet: Poor Internet connection due to poor infrastructural facilities and
low bandwidth may hinder the proper functioning and performance of the
automated system, which can be frustrating and constitute a major barrier to
the entire project.
8. Attitude: Attitude refers to the manner, disposition, and position of Library
staff towards the automation project. Most times, they may not be welcoming
because they fear losing their job and inadequacy in using the system.
9. Organisational support: Organisational support is about how the library
management can strategically convince, garner the support and commitment of
the parent institution towards the entire project in terms of funding, provision
of necessary working tools, infrastructural facilities, adequate Internet
bandwidth, staff motivation, effective communication, and a conducive
working environment. The organisation's absence or lack of sufficient support
can hinder the project's success.

Discuss the barriers to library automation.

41
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

2.7 SUMMARY
Library automation is the application of computers to perform traditional library
functions such as acquisition, circulation, OPAC search, and cataloguing, all of
which constitute the areas and services of library automation. Undoubtedly, library
automation has helped reduce the burden of librarians and patrons, coupled with
overseeing all library operations and services with the provision of a friendly user-
interface and enhanced search functions. It has improved efficiency, effectiveness
and job satisfaction among the library staff. Therefore, adequate knowledge and
understanding of the functions of library automation, basic requirements of library
automation and areas and services of library automation will help in the planning for
the successful execution of the automation project.
SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a. -------------------- refers to the activities associated with lending library books
and other materials to library users
b. ----------------------- are publications that contain current events and are issued in
successive parts but not necessarily, at regularly scheduled intervals
c. -------------------------- are a group of activities that enable the performance of the
day-to-day functions in a library.
d. Acquisition is a major and ---------------library operation critical to achieving
a library's mission and ------------------- developing information resources.
e. ------------------------ prime method of providing access to collections in a
library.
f. Library cooperation is a concept of -------------------------- among libraries by
sharing bibliographic data and library resources cost-effectively.
g. -------------------------------- one of the essential functions.
h. Reference service refers to the ------------------------------- offered to library
patrons.
i. Documentation service is ------------------------- any available material and
making it available to readers.
j. --------------------- is the mental process of grouping similar objects together
and organising library documents according to subject content.

2.8 GLOSSARY
 Acquisition: Acquisition refers to all activities associated with the
selection and procurement of books, monographs, periodicals, audio-visual,
and electronic materials.

 Cataloguing: Cataloguing is the process of describing, recording, and

displaying information about library holdings.

42
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Library cooperation: Library cooperation is a concept of collaborative

activities among libraries by sharing bibliographic data and library resources
cost-effectively.

 Library Housekeeping: These are a group of activities that enable the

performance of the day-to-day functions in a library.

 Reference service: refers to the personalised assistance offered to library

patrons seeking information.

 Serials: Serials are publications that contain current events and are issued in
successive parts but not necessarily, at regularly scheduled intervals.

2.9 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Abass, K.D. (2014). Automation in Nigerian university libraries: Mirage or reality?
Information and Knowledge Management, 4(4), 1 – 7. http:// www.iiste.org

Anurag, B. (2020, December 21). Library management system: What is the purpose
of a library management system. SkoolBeep Blog.
https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/library-management-system/
Bhardwaj, R.K. & Shukla, R.K. (2000). A practical approach to library automation.
Library Progress (International), 20(1), 1-11.
https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.629.4014&rep=rep1
&type=pdf
Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer
based-approach. Second edition. Libraries Unlimited.
Brainly 2022). Define library housekeeping functions. http://brainly.in/textbooks-
solutions/q-1-define-library-housekeeping-activities-1

Bunge, C. A. (1999), Reference services. Reference Librarian, 31(66).

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1300/J120v31n66_17

Das, D. & Chatterjee, P. (2015). Library automation: An overview. International

Journal of Research in Library Science, 1(1), 1-6. https://www.ijrls.in/wp-
content/uploads/2015/07/Library-Automation.pdf

Devi, G.R & Raghuveer, K. (2014), Hardware and software selection for library
automation. International Journal of Science and Research, 3(12), 1-5.
https://www.ijsr.net.
Encyclopedia.com (2022). Library automation.
http://www.encyclopedia.com/media/encyclopedias-almancs-transcripts-and-
maps/library-automation.

43
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Librarianship Studies and Information Technology (2020, June 28th). Definition,

need, purpose and advantages. Librarianship Studies and Information
Technology
Bloghttps://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2017/10/libraryautomation.html?m=1.
Librarian Studies and Information Technology (2020, February 17). Information
retrieval.https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2020/02/information
retrieval.html.

Panda, S. (2013). Library automation.. Excel Books. https://www.

ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf

Patel, B.A. (2014). Automated libraries. Discovery Publishing House PVT. LTD:
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication.

2.10 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISES

WITHIN THE CONTENT

a. Circulation.
b. Serials.
c. Library housekeeping operations.
d. Essential, central to.
e. Cataloguing.
f. Collaborative activities.
g. Information retrieval.
h. Personalised assistance.
i. Reproducing.
j. Classification.

44
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

UNIT 3: PLANNING FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

UNIT STRUCTURE
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Learning Outcomes
3.3 Concept of Planning
3.3.1 Reasons for planning for Library Automation
3.3.2 Factors in planning for Library Automation
3.3.3 Planning techniques for Library Automation
3.4 Planning for Library Automation
3.4.1 Steps in planning for library automation
3.5 Preparing for Library Automation
3.5.1 Steps in preparing for Library Automation
3.6 Summary
3.7 Glossary
3.8 References/Further Reading
3.9 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the content

3.1 INTRODUCTION
Automation is a process. Planning for an automation project is one of the most
important steps in ensuring library automation occurs effectively and efficiently.
Planning enables libraries to prepare for the near future, align their programs and
services with customer needs and expectations, and monitor progress in reaching
what is specified in the plan’s objectives. Accordingly, the road to successfully
automating a library begins with setting objectives and determining a course of action
for achieving the goals. Libraries must create and maintain a technology plan to
actualise their mission and vision. The unit introduces you to the concept of planning
and the steps involved in planning and preparing for library automation.

3.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define planning;
 Outline the reasons for planning;

45
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Describe the planning techniques for library automation; and

 State the steps involved in preparing for a library automation process.

3.3 CONCEPT OF PLANNING

A plan is a detailed proposal for doing or achieving something. Planning is the
fundamental management function, a preparatory step, and systematic activity that
determines when, how, and who will perform a specific job (Management Study
Guide, 2022). In addition, planning is an intellectual process through which an
organisation lays down objectives and develops various courses of action by which
the organisation can accomplish the set goals (Business Jargons, 2022).
Planning is an intelligent decision-making process that considers the organisation's
available and prospective human and physical resources for effective coordination,
contribution and perfect adjustment. According to Dugan and Peter (2018), planning
focuses on systematically collecting data about an organisation and its activities, such
as information about day-to-day operations and functions, staff activities and
workflows, and using spaces and equipment.
Planning for Library automation involves setting goals and targets for the process and
formulating necessary plans to actualise project implementation. Furthermore, it
involves systematically undergoing all the stages of automation because the world of
information keeps evolving in this era of the proliferation of electronic products and
library software solutions. Therefore, planning is one of the crucial activities a library
should undergo to ensure the project's success.
There are two types of plans, and it is advisable and important for a library to have
them (Dugan & Peter, 2018). These are:
 A short-term plan, often for a year at a time, serves as the annual operations
plan for achieving goals, objectives, and strategic directions of the long-term
plan.

 A long-term plan which is an organised and extended view of the library,

addresses the strategic directions for the entire library, projecting its course for
three to five years.

Define planning.

46
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 6: Concept of planning in an organisation

Source: https://www.referenceforbusiness.com/photos/planning-234.jpg

3.3.1 Reasons for planning for Library Automation

Dugan and Peter (2018) outlined reasons for developing and implementing a plan in
organisations such as a library to include the following:

a. Planning provides a sense of direction for the library by anticipating

uncertainty.
b. It helps management coordinate different library functions and departments
consistently and logically.
c. It demonstrates how libraries are accountable for what they promise in plans
and how they meet their responsibilities effectively and efficiently.
d. Planning provides a long-term view that advocates for change of services
rather than becoming victims of unplanned change.
e. It involves staff members in decision-making as they participate in the
planning process, giving them shared ownership of the library’s operations.
f. A plan guides the budget and expenditure processes.
g. Planning helps to demonstrate that libraries are dynamic places and not just a
warehouse for books, periodicals and electronic resources.
h. It shows that libraries play a critical role in helping institutions achieve their
vision as libraries align their mission and vision statements with those of the
parent institution.

47
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

i. A plan provides a means to demonstrate accountability to the multiplicity of

library stakeholders.

State the reasons for planning in libraries.

3.3.2 Factors in Planning for Library Automation

There are many factors involved in planning for library automation. Each of these
factors is important to develop a good plan that will bring results. The factors are

a) Input: It is of utmost necessity to take regular input from the staff members
directly involved in the library's day-to-day operations scattered across
individual units and departments into the plan.

b) Commitment: Library management should be committed to the plan's full

implementation, bearing in mind that much time and resources were expended
in the drafting. Hence, necessary measures must be in place to ensure that the
plan is adhered to by all, as this will ensure achieving the desired result.

c) Cost: Costing must be incorporated during the planning stage to prevent

financial loss.

d) Research: There is a need for research to identify what the library patrons will
like and incorporate the findings into the plan for implementation. Therefore,
planning without proper research is bound to fail.

e) Review: This is very important. There is a need to review how to improve the
plan constantly.

f) Perception: The perceptions of workers, users and non-users concerning the

quality of the library and its services constitute an important factor because
these perspectives will form the library’s long-term and short-term planning
efforts.

g) Inclusiveness: The library management must ensure that information needed

to produce the plan are from the bottom to the top of the hierarchy. The
outcome will form the plan document for the entire library so that everyone
benefits from the plan.

State the factors involved in planning.

3.3.3 Planning Techniques for Library Automation

Many techniques are available to help libraries create long and short-term plans for
the automation project. Techniques that can be used to plan for a library automation
project include:

48
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

A. Standards and Guidelines: Standards and guidelines are not plans but serve as
a framework for services because they are measurable and directly related to
goals. They convey critical information that libraries should review and
incorporate as they develop or revise their long-term plans. Standards and
guidelines also provide metrics for determining whether a service is suitable or
adequate.

B. Forecasting: Forecasting is estimating the relevant events of the future based

on analysing their past and present behaviour. Forecasting methods include
using polls and surveys, graphically plotting future trends based on experience,
reporting numerical data, and conducting environmental scanning. Also,
benchmark studies can be carried out to look for best practices in other
organisations.

C. Management by Objectives (MBO): This is a strategic management model

that aims to improve the performance of an organisation by clearly defining
objectives that are agreed to by both management and employees over a stated
period, usually a year. The objectives must be measurable, have time limits,
and require specific and realistic actions. This technique is a form of
participatory management that involves everyone, to an extent, in the
management process by ensuring that planning is part of the personnel. A
typical MBO process includes identifying, setting, and validating the
objectives; determining the steps for implementation during the year; and
reporting on the progress for meeting each objective. The result is expected to
form part of the personnel evaluation.

D. Total Quality Management (TQM): is defined as a continuous effort by the

management and employees of a particular organisation to get things done right the
first time to ensure long-term customer loyalty and satisfaction. TQM emphasises
quality and ensures that every single employee works towards improving work
culture, processes, services, and systems, among others, to ensure long-term success.
In the library, personnel work in teams as they develop and deliver high-quality
services. However, a major constraint to TQM's widespread application is that the
data collection systems may become overwhelmingly complex.

E. Strategic planning: is a process in which the leaders in an organisation define

their vision for the future and identify the organisation's goals and objectives
based on the mission, which is its fundamental reason for existence. The
strategic planning process is the most common planning process that libraries
use. Central to the process is a strategic plan, which sets out goals, objectives,
actions taken, and progress in meeting those objectives (Dogan & Peter, 2018).
Strategic planning has a long time frame, often three to five years or more. It
involves analysing competitive opportunities and threats, as well as the
strengths and weaknesses of the organisation, and then determining how to
position the organisation to compete effectively in its environment (University
of Minnesota Libraries, 2022).

49
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Discuss the techniques that can be used in planning for library

automation.

3.4 PLANNING FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Planning for library automation constitutes a major component of the library’s overall
long-range strategic plan. Planning for library automation refers to the process by
which an automated system computerises and replaces an array of traditional library
functions, using a shared database to replace the card catalogue or other type of non-
computerised catalogue to track and inventory a library’s collection (Allison, 2017;
Saharan, 2014). According to Kumar (2019), planning for library automation is
necessary to determine how the library as an organisation intends to implement its
automation project. Therefore, the planning process should include input from all the
stakeholders (all levels of staff and users) who are likely to be affected by the
proposed automation project, bearing in mind that the outcome of the implementation
process will form a report of activities (Dugan & Peter, 2018).

3.4.1 Steps in Planning for Library Automation

A strategic plan is a high-level road map to fulfilling the library's vision and mission
and providing the necessary framework for the automation process. A library's
strategic plan will serve as a document to communicate the library's goals, needed
actions to achieve those goals, and all of the other critical elements developed during
the planning exercise. The following steps should serve as a roadmap for developing
a strategic plan for the library automation project.
a) Need for an intensive planning effort.

b) Identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) within the

library environment.

c) Categorised the identified SWOT into critical areas that might impact the
future of the automation project.

d) Brainstorm ideas and perceptions about how the library intends to provide
user-friendly, cost-effective automated services long-term.

e) Prioritise all the ideas generated during the brainstorming session.

f) Develop a draft of a strategic vision for the automation development

comprising a statement of the library's mission, goals and objectives.
50
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Outline the basic steps in planning for library automation

3.5 PREPARING FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Automation involves a range of activities much broader than an automation system's
selection and implementation. Therefore, to prepare for the automation, librarians
should:
 identify the mission and goals of the parent institution as they relate to the
library;
 acquire adequate knowledge of the automation process;
 develops an understanding of various library functions;
 access staff needs, user information needs, and
 examine the sources of funding for the project.

Furthermore, library staff involved in an automation project must have adequate

knowledge about a wide range of topics, like:
 Evaluating, selecting and implementing an automation system;
 Hardware and software terminologies;
 Functional specifications of the automated system;
 User information-seeking behaviour and information needs; and
 Diverse operations of the library.
Important features of Automation

When the preparation for the automation of the library is in progress, the library staff
should learn the essential features of automation. Some of the features are:

 The benefits and disadvantages of library automation.

 The impact of automation on the parent body’s organisational structure in

general and the library in particular. Such implications may include access to
the OPAC from offices and other remote locations, change in staff
responsibilities, the kind of services that may be removed, modified or
created, the need to create new positions and abolish or redefine existing
ones.

 Issues and challenges associated with using the online public access
catalogue (OPAC). Awareness of the common problems users experiences
using OPACs guides in selecting an automated system that meets users’
information needs and supports their information-seeking. It will also offer a
framework for the library to design robust user training after implementing an
OPAC.

51
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 The different system software available and suitable for library automation,
including the modules available, the ones recently added, and the strengths
and weaknesses of each module.

 Investigate the financial stability and support of the software companies; and
the antecedents of vendors’ efforts in upgrading and implementing new
technologies.
3.5.1 Steps in preparing for library automation
The steps involved in preparing for library automation are:
A. Knowledge acquisition
Knowledge acquisition is the process of extracting, structuring, and organising
knowledge from one or more sources. For example, acquiring knowledge about the
automation process is vital for the project's success. This can be achieved by:

 Researching the literature and other relevant write-ups on the basics of

automation, hardware and software components, applications, search features,
price and their compatibility with bibliographic standards;

 Learning from professional colleagues to ask for advice or share their

automation experience will provide helpful insight into the capabilities of
selected automation systems.

 Attendance at conferences and workshops and learning from software vendors

will help understand the benefits and advantages of automation, the capability
of software packages and their company's antecedents in support service,
products' reliability and experience and financial stability.

B Needs Assessment
A needs assessment is a part of the planning process. It is a systematic process that
examines what criteria must be met by an organisation (library) to reach the desired
outcome (automation). Needs assessment is carried out to examine and evaluate the
current procedures and functions to improve the library's productivity, effectiveness,
and efficiency, understand the library staff and user needs and ascertain how people
will be affected by the change. Activities in needs assessment are:

i. Staff needs
Evaluating staff needs is very pertinent to the library's automation project success. It
will help ease the fear of staff members of the imminent change in their work
relationships and practices, fear of the unknown, and economic insecurity. Also,
assessing staff needs will disclose their concerns, current roles and responsibilities,
level of job satisfaction, and readiness for the automation project. All these will
provide a framework for defining existing and identifying future problems, re-assess
job descriptions and reassigning responsibilities.

52
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Well-trained staff members can assist with needs assessment, data collection, shelflist
preparation and collection inventory. Also, they should be involved in the decision-
making process because they are directly affected by the automation project. Their
involvement will help reduce job insecurity, confidence in performing new activities
and support. Therefore, the library management needs to strengthen their leadership
skills, develop an understanding of change and assume the role of change agents
saddled with the task of providing support and creating an environment that will
cushion the effect of the change.

ii. User needs

Users' responses to technological change differ. A needs assessment of users (clients,
faculty, administrators and others) will reveal their information needs, challenges and
fears. Therefore, library users should be involved in the automation process to ally
their fear and create a positive environment in the workplace. The outcome of the
needs assessment will form the basis of their education about automation. The library
should know that the project's success will depend on the performance and
compatibility of the software and hardware, staff, and user level of preparedness and
responses.

iii. Automation Advisory Committee

An advisory committee is a group that regularly gives suggestions and help to people
or organisations. The committee needs to be composed of a committee responsible
for planning and coordinating the automation project. Members of the committee
must include all the interest groups in the organisation. The responsibility of the
committee will consist of the following:
 Information gathering,
 Needs assessment,
 Literature search,
 Attending conferences, workshops and seminars on automation,
 Preparing the library for automation,
 Developing and evaluating a request for proposal (RFP), and
 Final selection and implementation of the automated system.

iv. Needs Assessment Questions

An integral component of needs assessment is understanding the mission and goals of
the library about the parent institution. Some questions to address during the needs
assessment process are:
 The parent institution’s present and future technology priorities.
 The library’s present and future priorities
 Services and procedures that can be improved through automation
 How automation will increase staff productivity, accuracy and efficiency.
 Other alternatives that may help improve services, procedures and
productivity.
Automation is time-consuming and costly. It requires long-term staff commitment
and financial resources. Therefore, clarification of the goals and objectives of the
library at the onset is crucial to avoid unnecessary expenditures.

53
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

v. Needs Assessment Process

The needs assessment process is as follows:
a) Functional Analysis
Functional analysis is the first step in a needs assessment. It is a technique used to
identify and understand the needs of a project. In the library, the functional analysis
will examine the existing functions and tasks in terms of the procedures used to
accomplish them. To understand the procedures involved in each function, compare
the workflow pattern (workflow provides a clear understanding of the task involved
in each function) in a non-automated and automated environment. For example:
 The circulation function: Activities in circulation include material check-out
and check-in, overdue, fines, inventory, reserve, renewal and report
management.
 The cataloguing function: Activities involve cataloguing various items in-
house or accessing copy cataloguing.
 The information service function: This provides services to patrons to meet
their information needs using a card catalogue or other bibliographic tools
available in the library.
In a non-automated system, the circulation function of filling check-out cards,
collecting inventory, and retrieving a card catalogue from the box is time-consuming,
with attendant errors. However, automating the functions would save staff-time filing
because the cards are eliminated, and barcodes are scanned to check out materials
with high precision and accuracy.

b). Data gathering

Data gathering is the second step in needs assessment to prepare for automation. It
entails the collection of quantitative and qualitative information on each library
function. The information gathered will be used to justify the automation of each
function and set priorities on how to automate the various functions. Data gathering
provides a framework for establishing specifications that meet the library's needs and
requirements. It can be done weekly, monthly, or annually as the library deems fit.
c). Data Analysis and Interpretation
Data analysis is the final stage of the needs assessment. It involves analysing the data
collected about the workflow pattern. The outcome will help decide the functions to
automate first and the sequence order. Prioritising the functions to be automated
permits the effective allocation of financial resources. Data collection and analysis
are helpful, even when funds are available to automate all operations. The data
analysis outcomes can be used to improve the capabilities of the automated system.
Some typical questions to ask to prioritise functions include:
 Which tasks are the least productive?
 Which tasks are the most repetitive, labour-intensive, and time-consuming?
 Which tasks result in inaccuracy, inefficiency and ineffective?

54
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

C Funding
Automation does not save money. However, it is cost-effective, improves library
services, enhances access to the collection, and increases productivity, accuracy, and
efficiency in performing tasks. When sourcing money to fund an automation project,
the library may need to prioritise functions to guide the phasing in automation, thus
allowing for budget constraints.

i). Sources of Funding

Automation may be funded by the parent organisation, supported by funds generated
internally or provided by external sources such as local businesses, friends of the
library, private organisations, foundations, individuals, and granting agencies.
Funding for the project should be assessed during the preparation process to
determine what funds will be available for present and future support. For instance, if
funds are unavailable to acquire all modules in an automated system, consider
phasing in the project by developing one module at a time based on your priorities for
automation (Kumar, 2019). If funds are available, a decision may be made whether to
hire an automation consultant to assist with the project. However, an automated
system should be selected with the automation advisory committee, not the
consultant.

ii). Cost Estimation

Budgeting for the automation project requires a cost estimate for the overall project,
including ongoing expenses. The cost estimate should include software, hardware,
personnel, utilities, consumables, supplies and ongoing expenses.
 Cost estimates include the cost of automation software and other software that
supports the system's operation, such as barcode/ label production, in-house
retrospective conversion or Web browser to provide access to the OPAC on
the Web.
 Hardware costs may include computer stations, servers, scanners, Printers,
inventory devices, an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) for the server,
modems, and network devices.
 Utility cost - retrospective conversion, Internet access, remodelling of
facilities, and a future update of the existing wiring system.
 Personnel cost – hiring of new staff, consultant, training, workshop,
conferences
 Supplies cost - barcode labels and ongoing expenses such as software updates,
technical support, software and hardware maintenance, and consumables.
Preparing for automation is an important activity in the automation process and
implementation criteria. Therefore, considering the benefits of automation, it is
advisable at the initial stage of the planning process to focus more on how to
proceed with the project and what the library intends to achieve with the exercise
than how much it will cost.

Library Automation involves a range of activities that is much

broader than system selection and implementation of a system.
55
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Discuss?
3.6 SUMMARY
Planning is making or carrying out plans to establish goals, policies and procedures
for a social or economic unit. A plan at any organisational level identifies the goals
that will be pursued, the courses of action to adopt to attain those goals through
measurable objectives, and the allocation of organisational resources from the budget
for achieving those goals. Proper planning is crucial to meeting the technological
demands of all stakeholders in the library. Automation projects are successful in
libraries when they provide a solution for a need, not just because the library staff
wants to experiment with new technology. Establishing, developing, and maintaining
a library automation program is demanding and costly. Hence, the project should be
executed with utmost care through adequate planning. This unit examined the
concepts of planning and planning for library automation and the steps involved in
preparing for library automation.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Please fill in as appropriate
a. A strategic plan is a high-level ----------------to fulfilling the library's vision and
mission.
b. --------------------------- a systematic process that examines what criteria must be
met by an organisation (library) to reach the desired outcome (automation).
c. Functional analysis is the ---------------------- in a needs assessment
d. Forecasting is estimating the ----------------------- of the future based on analysing
their past and present behaviour.
e. A plan is a ---------------- for doing or achieving something.
f. Planning is the ------------------------ management function.
g. Funding for the project should be assessed during the ----------------------- to
determine what funds will be available for present and future support.
h. Budgeting for the automation project requires a ---------------------for the overall
project.

3.7 GLOSSARY
 Plan: Plan refers to is a detailed course of action designed today to do
something tomorrow.
 Planning: Planning is the fundamental management function, which involves
deciding beforehand what is to be done, when it is to be done, how it is to be
done and who will do it.
3.8 References/Further Reading
Allison, K. (2017). How to plan for library automation.
https://www.bizfluent.com/list-6886218-components -erp-system.html

56
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Balancedscorecard.org (2022). Strategic planning basics. https://www.

balancedscorecard.org/strategic-planning-basics/strategicplanningbasics-
balancedscorecard institute.
Business Jargons (2022). What is planning? Definition, characteristics, steps and
importance.https://businessjargons.com/planning.html#google_vignette.
Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited. Oxford. https://www.
books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=P
P1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU1CogU
q237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automation%20s
oftware&f=false
Dugan, R.E. & Peter, H. (2018). Financial management in academic libraries: Data-
driven planning and budgeting, Association of College and Research Libraries,
ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/libinstitute-
ebooks/detail.action?docID=5186506.
Economicsdiscucussion.net (2022). What is planning: Introduction, importance, types
and process. https://www.economicsdiscussion.net/management/planning-
management/planning-introduction/32333
Elibrarysoftware.com (2022). Barcoding system.
https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/barcoding-system.html
Haider, S. (2020, March 22). Cataloguing. Librarianship Studies and Information
Technology
Blog.https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2015/05/cataloging.html.

Knox, K. C. (2011). Implementing technology solutions in libraries: Techniques,

tools, and tips from the trenches: Information today. ProQuest Ebook Central,
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/libinstitute-ebooks/detail.action?docID
=3316132

Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation. http://www.

vou.ac.in/slm/mLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISC.pdf.

Library Academy (2020). What is library statistics and purpose of library statistics?
https://www.library science.in/2020/07/library-statistics html?

Lili.org (2022). Labeling library materials. https://www.

lili.org/forlibs/ce/able/course5/07labeling.htm
LIS Education Network (2022, February, 10). Indexing process and principles.
Library and Information Science Academic Blog.
https://www.lisedunetwork.com/indexing-principles-and-process
Mastersoft (2021). Online Public Access Catalogue. https://www.iitms.co.in/library-
management-system/online-public-access-catalogue/amp.html

57
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Merriam-Webster (2022). Planning. In Merriam-Webster.com dictionary.

http://www.meriamwebster.com/dictionary/planning.
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books: New-Delhi, India
https://www.ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.

Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication. New Delhi, India.

University of Minnesota Libraries (2022). Principles of management: Planning,

Organizing, Leading, and Controlling.
https://open.lib.umn.edu/principlesmanagement/chapter/1-5-planning-
organizing-leading-and-controlling-2/

3.9 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)

WITHIN THE CONTENT

a). Road map.

b). Needs assessment.
c). First step.
d). Relevant events.
e). Fundamental.
f). Leaders in an organisation and future and identify.
g). Preparation process.
h). Cost estimate.

UNIT 4 LIBRARY AUTOMATED SYSTEM

UNIT STRUCTURE
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Learning Outcomes
4.3 Concept of Automated System
4.3.1 Basic Elements of an Automated System
4.3.2 Types of Automated Systems
4.3.2.1 Standalone Automated System
4.3.2.2 Integrated System
4.3.3 Benefit of Library Automated System
4.4 Components of Integrated Automated System
4.4.1 Computer Hardware
4.4.2 Software
4.4.3 Database
4.4.4 Networking devices
4.4.4 Server

58
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

4.5 Summary
4.6 Glossary
4.7 References/Further Readings
4.8 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

4.1 INTRODUCTION
The unit focuses on the concept of automated systems, namely the elements, types,
benefits, and components of integrated systems. An automated system is a
combination of software and computer hardware designed and programmed to work
automatically without requiring a human operator to provide inputs and instructions
for each operation (Techopedia.com, 2022). The automated system is built to
handle a wide range of tasks with precision, increased productivity, efficient use of
resources, reduced manual errors and increased performance.

4.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define automated system;
 Outline the basic elements of the automated system;
 Mention the types of automated systems;
 Differentiate between a standalone and an integrated automated system;
 Enumerate the benefits of an automated system;
 State the advantages of an integrated system; and
 Outline the components of an integrated automated system.

4.3 CONCEPT OF AUTOMATED SYSTEM

The automated system refers to the application of computer and telecommunications
technology in the library functions such as circulation control, acquisitions,
cataloguing, serials control, public access catalogue, and other similar activities, and
the integration of these functions into one system (WNYRIC, 2019). An automated
system comprises hardware, software, a database, a network and people. All the
components integrate to perform input, process, output, feedback and control
An automated system can be grouped based on the following attributes:

 Function: This refers to the automated system's ability to carry out tasks. This
can be on a standalone or integrated computer system.

 Interface: The interface is the point of communication between one system to

another. This can be a character-based, graphical or Windows-based or Web-
based automated system.

59
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Platform: A platform is a group of technologies used as a base upon which

other applications, processes or technologies are developed. It is the basic
hardware (computer) and software (operating system) on which software
applications can be run. This environment constitutes the foundation for any
application or software to be supported and developed. The automated system
can support either a personal computer or a desktop computer
4.3.1 Basic Elements of an Automated System

An automated system consists of three basic elements (Brainkart, 2016). These are:
 Power to accomplish the automation process and operate the system;
 A program of instructions to direct the process (software), and
 A control system to actuate the instructions.
The software and hardware must work concurrently for an automated system to
function properly.
(1)
Power

(2) (3)
Program of Process
Control system
Instruction

Figure 7: Elements of an automated system:

Source: https://img.brainkart.com/imagebk7/jL1ddfQ.jpg

4.3.2 Types of Automated Systems

The automated system can either be:
4.3.2.1 Standalone automated system
A standalone automated system is a system that can operate independently of other
hardware or software. It does not share a common bibliographic database with
another system. An example of a standalone system is the library automated
system. Each module represents a library function and works independently of
other modules available in the automated system. Examples are the circulation
module and the acquisition module.

60
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 8: A Standalone Automated System

Source:https://www.automationworld.com/products/control/blog/13314007/automation
-panel-or-standalone-plc

4.3.2.2 Integrated automated system

An integrated automated system is a computer-based information system consisting

of interrelated components and sub-components designed to perform specific tasks
and functions. An integrated system shares a common database, interface, and
operations to achieve a purpose (Bilal, 2014). An integrated automated system
ensures that all the components work together harmoniously to increase productivity
and data consistency. It also aims to resolve the complexity associated with improved
communication between systems since they reduce the impacts of changes that these
systems may have. An example is a Library Management System.
i). Advantages of Library Management System
The integrated system is quite complex and combines various records for a single
transaction. Using an integrated automated system in a library for its daily operation
will greatly benefit such a library. Therefore, some of the advantages of an integrated
system are as follows:
 An integrated system is an electronic program that helps librarians to circulate
and catalogue items.
 An integrated automated system helps manage processes and user activities.
 The Integrated system tracks item movement and interacts with the database
from other units or locations.
 Using an integrated system to automate, for example, library processes,
improved patrons' access to resources.
 Using an integrated system in the library makes circulating items easy by
scanning barcodes rather than laborious manual writing on library cards and
date stamps.
 An integrated system saves time with the ability of patrons to do simple and
advanced searching using OPAC.

61
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 9: Library Management System

Source:https://www.iitms.co.in/library-management-system/img/Library-Management-System-
Infographic.png

4.3.3 Benefits of Library Automated System

Library automation uses computer and networking technologies to automate library
procedures such as acquisition, circulation, and cataloguing. The automation process
enhances workflows, improves accuracy and consistency in operations, and increases
efficiency. The benefits of automated systems in libraries are:
1. The system facilitates novel information retrieval by connecting users to
various online information sources and resources from any location.
2. It involves replacing traditional, paper-based systems with computers and
software.
3. It offers real-time process monitoring and problem identification, allowing for
speedy modifications.
4. The automated systems can save space by not having to keep as many physical
books as before.
5. It provides fast and easy access to quality library materials for users.
6. The Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) system allows for more
advanced searching using broader search strategies with Boolean operators
such as AND, OR, and NOT.
7. Library automation reduces staff workload and exponentially increases
personnel's efficiency, productivity and output.
8. Automated system makes it easier for patrons to use electronic resources by
providing barcode scanning or RFID tags which can be used to identify books.

62
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

9. An automated system makes circulating items easy by scanning barcodes

rather than laborious manual writing on library cards and date stamps.
10. The automated system enables patrons to gain information retrieval skills and
opportunities for lifelong learning.
11. The automation system keeps track of all book transactions. Thus, relieving
library staff of some of the workload in acquisitions, cataloguing, and
circulation, allowing them to serve their patrons better.
12. It reduces cataloguing time by allowing the import of bibliographic records for
library resources from external databases, thereby allowing for faster
cataloguing of library items and facilitating the sharing of materials from
location to location.
13. The automated system speeds up material acquisition, serials management,
budget administration, and record-keeping.
14. An automated system makes it possible for a group of automated libraries to
form a consortium that can create a union catalogue to aid collection
development, interlibrary cooperation, and resource sharing.

State the benefits of the library automated system.

Figure 10: Integrated Automated System

Source: https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/img/library-automation.jpg

4.4 COMPONENTS OF INTEGRATED AUTOMATED SYSTEM

An integrated automated system is a complex information system that combines
various records for use in a single transaction. The components include the following:

63
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

4.4.1 Computer Hardware

A computer system is a set of integrated devices that input, process, output, store
data, and communicate information. The computer system has the following
hardware components:

A. Input devices: Input devices are physical hardware used to enter data or
instructions into the central processing unit. They are generally peripheral
devices connected to the primary device (Techopedia, 2020). Examples of
input devices are as follows:

 Keyboard: Keyboard is the primary input device of a computer. It

contains three types of keys: alphanumeric, special, and function keys.
The keyboard's layout is like that of a traditional typewriter, although
some additional keys are provided for performing additional functions.

Figure 11: A Keyboard

Source:https://images.unsplash.com/photo-1587829741301-
dc798b83add3?ixlib=rb1.2.1&ixid=MnwxMjA3fDB8MHxzZWFy
Y2h8MXx8a2V5Ym9hcmR8ZW58MHx8MHx8&w=1000&q=80

 Mouse: A mouse is a handheld hardware input device that controls a

cursor in a graphical user interface for pointing, moving and selecting text,
icons, files and folders on the computer. It is a famous cursor-control

64
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

device with a small palm size box and a round ball at its base, enabling
interaction with objects on the screen. It may be wireless or wired.

Figure 12: A mouse

Source: https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/m/mouse.htm

 Scanner: A scanner is a computer input device that uses a light beam to

scan codes, text, or graphic images directly into a computer or computer
system for further manipulation. A basic model scanner is required to scan
the book cover, images and photographs that will be uploaded into the
library's automated system hardware. They are helpful in build-up an
automated library collection.

Figure 13: Epson Perfection V19 Color Photo and Document Scanner with Scan-
to-cloud
Source: https://www-konga-com
res.cloudinary.com/w_auto,f_auto,fl_lossy,dpr_auto,q_auto/media/catal
og/product/C/F/163031_1631096166.jpg

 Barcode scanner: A barcode scanner or reader is an electronic scanning

machine that reads barcode information and converts them into digital data.
This is required for circulation and stock verification. It helps in preventing

65
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

wrong check-out and check-in of library materials, saves time and manpower;
and gets the exact figures in stock verification.

Figure 14: Barcode Scanner

Source: https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/b/barcode.htm

Describe the input devices for a computer system.

B. Output device
An output device is any hardware device that sends data from a computer to
another device or user. It converts machine-readable information into people's
readable form. Examples of output devices are:

 Monitor: The monitor is a display device. Its output signal is information,

documents, or images generated by the computing device. It is a beneficial
device for an automated library system.

Figure 15: LCD Computer Monitor

Source:https://encryptedtbn0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQdHU0nz2RVak_VdhRb
htZ0tdgd7rjR-PSO0_AnRTPG77z-ZvKPrpH1AYg3m8YW1lylivw&usqp=CAU

 Printer: A printer is an output device that produces a hard copy of data or

a paper sheet. Printers render electronic data from a computer into printed
66
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

material. A printer is an external hardware output device that takes the

electronic data stored on a computer or other device and generates a hard
copy. For the proposed automated system, any laser printer to print
circulation slips and other library documents can be considered.

Figure 16: HP LaserJet Pro Multifunctional Printer - M428dw

Source:https://www-konga-com-
res.cloudinary.com/w_auto,f_auto,fl_lossy,dpr_auto,q_auto/media/catal
og/product/Q/P/161794_1658412841.jpg

 Barcode Printer: Barcode printer is a computer peripheral specially

designed to produce barcode labels or tags which can be attached to other
objects (books and users’ cards).

Figure 17: Barcode Printer

Source: https://image.shutterstock.com/image-photo/barcode-label-
printer-isolated-on-260nw-19517119.jpg

Describe the output devices for a computer system.

C. Central Processing Unit (CPU): The central processing unit, often called the
processor, is the central part of a computer in which operations are controlled
and executed. It is the brain of the computer and contains, most importantly

67
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

hardware of a computer. The CPU consists of an arithmetic and logic unit

(ALU), a control unit, and various registers.

Figure 18: Dell XPS 8940Central Processing unit (CPU)

Source: https://www-konga-
comres.cloudinary.com/w_auto,f_auto,fl_lossy,dpr_auto,q_auto/
media/catalog/product/O/U/52059_1633964102.jpg

D. Storage Device
A computer system contains a variety of storage devices to store instructions and
data for its operation. They are:
 Primary memory refers to a set of internal memory units within the
computer. It stores and retrieves data, instructions, and information. The
central processing unit (CPU) has direct access to and stores instruction and
data needed for processing by the CPU. Examples are:

 Hard Disk Drive (HDD): A Hard disk drive is a non-volatile computer

storage device containing magnetic disks or platters rotating at high speeds.
It is a secondary storage device used to store data permanently.

68
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 19: Hard drive

Source:https://images.unsplash.com/photo-1601737487795-dab272f52420?ixlib=rb-
4.0.3&ixid=MnwxMjA3fDB8MHxzZWFyY2h8M3x8aGFyZCUyMGRpc2t8Z
W58MHx8MHx8&w=1000&q=80

 Random access memory (RAM): RAM is the hardware in a computing

device where the operating system application programs and data in current
use are kept so the device's processor can quickly reach them. RAM is the
main memory in a computer. It is much faster to read from and write
than other storage, such as a hard disk drive, solid-state drive, or optical
drive (Peterson, 2022)

Figure 20: Random Access Memory

Source:https://encrypted-
tbn0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQunVZ_O0Gj-
NwFMwGJjN_PnvTwCnduzSr8I6ZY_CHd&s

 Read-only memory (ROM): Read-only memory (ROM) is a type of storage

medium that permanently stores data on personal computers (PCs) and other
electronic devices. It contains the programming needed to start a PC, which

69
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

is essential for boot-up; it performs major input/output tasks and holds

programs or software instructions.

Figure 21: Read Only Memory

Source:https://www.previews.123rf.com/images/yuriy2design/yuriy2desi
gn1311/yuriy2design131100037/23989236-rom-read-only-memory-
chip.jpg

E. Secondary memory: Secondary memory refers to computer memory that is

non-volatile, persistent and not immediately accessible by a computer or
processor. It allows users to store data and information that can be retrieved,
transmitted, and used by apps and services quickly and easily. They are essential
for an automated library system because books, journals and documents can be
stored in digital format on the storage device. Examples of secondary storage
memory are

 Solid-State Drive (SSD): Solid State Drive is a new generation of computer

storage device. SSD uses flash-based memory much faster than a traditional
mechanical hard disk.

Figure 22: Solid-State Drive

Source: https://www.shutterstock.com/search/solid-state-drive

 Flash drive: A flash drive, also known as a USB drive, data stick, or pen
drive, is a portable storage device often the size of a human thumb. It
connects to a computer via a USB port. It is a jump drive type of disk drive

70
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

that stores data on flash memory chips and is less prone to erratic behaviour.
As a result, it is faster and more reliable even during sudden power outages.

Figure 23: A USD/Flash Drive

Source: https://image.shutterstock.com/image-illustration/modern-usb- flash-
drive-on-260nw-158798891.jpg

 Blu-ray discs: Blu-ray is an optical disc format like CD and DVD designed
to display high-definition video and store large amounts of data. Blu-ray
discs can hold more information than other optical media because of the disc
drives' blue lasers. A single Blu-ray disc can hold up to 25GB of data.

Figure 24: A Blu-ray Disc

Source: https://informationq.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/Blu-ray-
Disc.jpg

4.4.2 Software

Software is a generic term that describes computer programs that run on computers,
mobile phones, tablets, or other intelligent devices. Software is often used to describe
a computer's functional aspects that does not refer to its physical components
(hardware). Scripts, applications, programs, and a set of instructions are often used to
describe software (Techopedia, 2020).

A. System Software

71
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

System software refers to a set of one or more programs designed to control the
operations and extend the processing capability of a computer system. It acts as
an interface between the hardware and user applications and controls the
computer’s internal functioning through an operating system and peripherals such
as monitors, printers, and storage devices. Example is:
 Operating system: An operating system (OS) is software installed on a
computer's hard drive that enables the computer hardware to communicate
and operate with the computer software. A computer and software
programs would be useless without a computer operating system.
Examples are MS-DOS (command-like interface – challenging to use) and
Windows (Graphical user Interface – user-friendly and accessible).

B. Application Software
Application software is commonly defined as any program or number of
programs designed for end-users to solve a specific task. They are specialised in
their function and approach to solving a problem. Application software is non-
essential software installed and operated on a computer based on the user’s
requirements. Examples include Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, or any of the
web browsers used to navigate the Internet and Koha

Figure 25: System and Application Software

Source: https://getuplearn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Types-
of Computer-Software.jpg

What are the functions of system software?

4.4.3 Database

72
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

A database is an integrated collection of logically related records essential for an

automated system. For example, a database is where all the information belonging to
a library, such as MARC records and patron information, among others, is stored.

Figure 26: A Scholarly Database

Source:https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&uri=https%3A%2F%2Ffanyv88.com%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fapuedge.c
om%2Fthe-scholarly-database-differential%2F&psig=AOvVaw2ZiR

4.4.4 Networking devices

Network devices are hardware devices that are used to connect computers, printers,
fax machines and other electronic devices to a network. These are required to
interconnect the computers, peripherals and switches for information sharing.
Examples are:

Figure 27: Types of Network Devices

Source:https://www.itrelease.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Types-of-network-
devices.jpg

 Modem: The modem is an electronic communication system that

allows two or more interconnected computers and terminals to share
information and resources.

 Gateway: A gateway is a data communication device that provides a

remote network with connectivity to a host network. A gateway device
provides communication to a remote network or an autonomous system

73
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

that is out of bounds for the host network nodes. Gateways serve as a
network's entry and exit points; all data routed inward or outward must
first pass through and communicate with the gateway to use routing
paths.
 Local Area Network (LAN): A local area network is a data
communication network used to interconnect data terminal equipment
distributed over a limited area. LAN is valid for accessing the library
database within the organisation

Figure 28: Local Area Network

Source:https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https%3A%2F%2Ffanyv88.com%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fwww.j
avatpoint.com%2Ftypes-of-computer-network&psig=

 Metropolitan Area Network (MAN): This computer network spans a

city or a large campus. MAN interconnects several LANs.

Figure 29: Metropolitan Area Network

Source: https://www.media.geeksforgeeks.org/wp-
content/uploads/20210817121003/man-300x192.png

 Wide Area Network (WAN): A wide area network is a computer

network that connects computers across a wide geographical area.
WAN is required to provide access to facilities outside the library. An
example is the Internet.

74
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 30: Wide Area Network

Source: https://encrypted-
tbn0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQY2X8uWYXWoueXxd3W
jWE-QtLaVYkvfA4P-g&usqp=CAU

 Cable: The networking cable connects one device to another or connects two
or more computers to share a printer or scanner.

Figure 31: A Cable

Source:https://www.media.istockphoto.com/photos/cables-picture-
id144349803?k=20&m=144349803&s=612x612&w=0&h=AO3skIk2QP2_h
LYwTITpXQX7cYUwJN3DKDhusNbJLLY

Describe the networking devices for a computer system.

4.4.5 Server

75
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

A Server is a computer or program that manages or controls access to centralised

resources or services in a network. Using the server, libraries can share library e-
resources with other libraries connected with the server.

Figure: 31: Computer Server

Source: https://encrypted-
tbn0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcR5X6WQyq55FdloVzznAjl2oj6
5

4.5 SUMMARY
The automated system revolutionized every aspect of life, increasing productivity,
making work more accessible, and saving human power and time. As computers and
other technologies continue to be used to improve service provision in various
industries, information providers such as libraries are also leveraging the benefits of
automation to improve the efficiency of the entire library system. This unit discussed
the concept, types and benefits of an automated system. Equally examined were the
components and advantages of an integrated system.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill-in as appropriate
a. Software is made up of ------------------------ and -------------------- software.
b. ---------------------- is an integrated collection of logically related records.
c. A computer system contains a variety of memory devices to store ----------- and
--------------- for its operation.
d. --------------------- is a portable external storage media to store media or data
files.
e. --------------------- refers to a set of one or more programs designed to control the
operations.
f. -------------------is an optical disc format like CD and DVD.
g ------------------------- interconnect the computers, computer peripherals and
switches for the sole purpose of information sharing.
h------------------------ a set of internal memory units within the computer.

76
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

i. A mouse ------------------------ input device.

j. ---------------------- external hardware output device.
k. A computer that provides the network resources and services to other computers
is referred to as a ----------------------------.

4.6 GLOSSARY
 Automated system: This refers to a combination of software (a computer program
designed to perform various functions) and hardware (computer system, input and
output devices and other related peripherals).

 Central Processing Unit: This refers to the central part of a computer in which
operations are controlled and executed.

 Computer hardware: The tangible components or delivery systems of a

computer.

 Computer peripheral: This refers to any external device that provides input and
output for the computer.

 Computer system: This refers to a set of integrated devices that input, output,
process, and store data and information.

 Database: A database is an integrated collection of logically related records

essential for an automated system.

 Integrated system: This refers to a system that combines different functions to

work as one entity.

 Networking device: This refers to hardware devices that are used to connect
computers, printers, fax machines and other electronic devices to a network.

 Server: This refers to a computer that provides network resources and services to
other computers.

 Software: This refers to a generic term used to describe computer programs that
run on computers, mobile phones, tablets, or other smart devices.

4.7 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Algorithms Consultants (2022, February 24). Library automation: Definition,
purpose, and advantages. AlgorhythmsBlog.
https://www,slimkm.com/blog/library-automation-definition-purpose-and-
advantages.

77
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Amazon Business Editorial Desk (2021). Networking devices list 2021: A buying
guide for routers, modems and hotspots.
https://business.amazon.in/en/discover-more/blog/networking-devices-buying-
guide-2021
Anthony, R.J. (2016). System programming: Designing and developing distributed
application. https://www.doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-800729-7.00001-7.
Anurag, B. (2020, December 21). Library management system: What is the purpose
of a library management system. SkoolBeep Blog.
https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/library-management-system/
Apprenda.com (2022). Cloud systems and technologies. https://www.
apprena.com/library/cloud/cloud-systems-and-technologies/
Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited. Oxford. https://www.
books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=P
P1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU1CogU
q237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automation%20s
oftware&f=false
Brainkart.com (2016, November 17). Basic elements of an automated system.
https://www.brainkart.com/article/Basic-Elements-of-an-Automated-
System_6383/
Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2021, July 16). Scanner. Encyclopedia
Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/technology/optical-scanner
Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2022). Software. Encyclopedia Britannica.
https://www.britannica.com/technology/software
Computer Hope (2021, April 12). Printer. Computer Hope Blog.
https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/p/printer.htm

Computer Hope (2021, August 16). Keyboard. Computer Hope Blog.

https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/k/keyboard.htm

Computer Hope (2021, March 12). Mouse. Computer Hope Blog.

https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/m/mouse.htm
Davis, Z. (2022). Integrated system.
https://www.pcmag.com/encyclopedia/term/integrated-system
Davis, Z. (2022). Definition of stand-alone PC.
https://www.pcmag.com/encyclopedia/term/stand-alone-pc
Devi, G.R. & Raghuveer, K. (2014), Hardware and software selection for library
automation. International Journal of Science and Research, 3(12), 1-5.
www.ijsr.net

78
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Elibrarysoftware.com (2019, May, 6). What is library automation system Elibrary

software Blog https://www.elibrarysoftware.com/why-is-library-automation-
important.html blog.html
Gavit, B.K. (2019). Library automation. Library Philosophy and Practice (e-
journal). 2274.https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/lib philprac/2274
Haygot Technologies (2020). What is meant by a dedicate computer?
https://www.toppr.com/ask/question/what-is-meant-by-a-dedicated-computer-2/
International Business Machines Corporation (2021, April 14). What is distributed
computing. International Business Machines Corporation Blog.
https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/txseries/8.2?topic=overview-what-is-distributed-
computing
Information Science and Library Management (2016, May 9). Basic components of
library automation system. Information Science and Library Management Blog.
https://islmblogblog.wordpress.com/2016/05/09/basic-components-of-library-
automation-system/
Library and Information Science Network (2022, February 17). Basic components of
library automation system. Library and Information Science Network Blog.
https://www.lisedunetwork.com/basic-components-of-library-automation/

LISBDNETWORK (2022, February, 16). Library automation. Library and

Information Science Academic Blog. https://www.lisedunetwork.com/library-
automation.html

Librarianship Studies and Information Technology (2020, June 28th). Library

automation. Librarianship Studies and Information Technology Blog
https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2017/10/library-automation.html?m=1.
Mishra, L. & Srivastava, V. (2008) Automation and networking of libraries. A
manual of library management and application of computer technology in
libraries. New Age International Ltd.
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/libinstitute-
ebooks/detail.action?docID=424093.
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books.
https://www.ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf
Patel, B.A. (2014). Automated libraries. Discovery Publishing House PVT. LTD:
New Delhi, India.
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication.
Sathyanarayanan, A. (2022). Types of primary memory.
https://www.educba.com/types-of-primary-memory/

Techopedia Inc. (2022). What are automated system operations.

https://www.techopedia.com/definition/31065/automated-system-operations-aso

79
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Techopedia Inc. (2022). Secondary storage device.

https://www.techopedia.com/definition/13265/secondary-storage-device
Tutorialspoint.com (2022). Computer concepts: Types of operating system.
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_concepts/computer_concepts_operati
ng_system_types.htm

Tutorialpoint.com (2021). What is client/server network and types of servers?

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/what-is-client-server-network-and-types-of-
servers.
Western New York Regional Information Center (WNYRIC, 2019). Library
automation. https://www.wnyric.org/en/instructional-support/library-
automation.aspx
4.8 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S) WITHIN
THE CONTENT
a. System and Application software.
b. Database.
c. Instruction and Data.
d. Memory card.
e. System software
f. Blu-ray discs.
g. Networking device.
h. Primary memory.
i. Pointing.
j. Printer.
k. Server.

80
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

MODULE 2 SOFTWARE SELECTION AND SYSTEM

Unit 1 The Software Concept.
Unit 2 Library Automation Software Packages.
Unit 3 Library Management System Structure.
Unit 4 Selection of Library Automation Software.

UNIT STRUCTURE

UNIT 1 THE SOFTWARE CONCEPT

1.1 Introduction
1.2 Learning Outcomes
1.3 Definition of software
1.4 Categories of Software
1.4.1 System Software
1.4.2 Application Software
1.4.3 Utility Software
1.5 Classification of Software
1.6 Qualities of Software
1.7 Summary
1.8 Glossary
1.9 References/ Further Readings
1.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the content

1.1 INTRODUCTION
This unit introduces you to the software concept, categories and qualities of software.
This is another vital component that determines the success or failure of the
automation project. Every day, we come across different computer software that
helps us with our tasks and increases efficiency. Software is a collection of data,
programs, procedures, instructions, and documentation that perform various
predefined tasks on a computer system. The software enables users to interact with
the computer; it controls, integrates and manages the hardware components to
execute a specific or multiple task(s) with a user-friendly interface.

1.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define software;
 Identify the categories of software;
 Mention the types of software;
 Discuss the classification of software; and
 Describe the qualities of software.

81
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.3 DEFINITION OF SOFTWARE

Software is a generic term that refers to applications, scripts and programs that run on
a device’s instructions (Rosencrance, 2021). Software refers to instructions/programs
that direct a computer’s hardware to perform a task. It comprises the entire set of
programs, procedures and routines associated with operating a computer system
(Britannica Eds., 2022). Software is an application made in a machine-
understandable language to accomplish various individual or administrative tasks. It
is responsible for directing the functions of all peripheral devices on the computer.

1.4 CATEGORIES OF SOFTWARE

Based on functions, purposes and features, there are many types and classes of
Software. However, there are three major categories of Software. These are:

SOFTWARE

System software Application software Utility software

Operating System Microsoft Office Suite Anti-Virus

Software
Figure 32: Categories of Software
Source: Self-constructed

1.4.1 System Software

System software is a computer program designed to run the hardware parts of the
computer and application programs and coordinate the activities of a computer
system. System software runs in the background, maintaining the computer's basic
functions so users can run higher-level application software to perform specific tasks.
System software manages computer hardware behaviour to provide the user's basic
functionalities and provides a platform for application software to be run. System
software is used to manage the computer itself. Types and examples include

82
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 33: System Software

Source: https://classnotes.ng/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/system-software-1.jpg

A. Operating System
The operating system is a collection of software that handles resources and provides
general services for the other applications that run over them. Operating systems are
the lifeline of the computer and are responsible for the successful functioning of all
hardware parts and their interoperability. It is the first to be loaded into computer
memory when switched on; it collects system performance information, stores data in
memory, and retrieves and controls improper computer use. There are various
operating systems, such as real-time, embedded, distributed, multiuser, single-user,
internet, mobile, and many more. Examples of the most popular operating system are
Unix, Android, MS Windows, Ubuntu, Linux and Mac OS.
There are two types of operating system software. They are:

 Line command operating system: A-line command operating system is a

non-graphical command line, the text-based user interface to the computer. It
allows the user(s) to open, navigate, operate and manipulate files on the
computer (Davis, 2022). Examples are MS-DOS, command shell in Windows,
Unix, and Linux.

 Graphical User Interface (GUI) Operating System: The Graphical User

Interface operating system is a computer program that enables a user to
communicate with a computer using icons, menus, other visual indicators, and
a pointing device. The interface is easy to navigate and use, and there is no
need to remember commands. An example is Microsoft Windows NT.

Figure 34: Popular Operating Systems

Source: https://openxcell.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/img_60cb23a68785e.jpg

83
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Describe the types of operating systems?

B. Language processor
A language processor is a system software program designed to convert program
code to machine code. For example, a language processor converts all user
instructions into machine-understandable language. There are three (3) types of
human-machine interaction language processors. These are:

 Machine-level language: Machine-level language is understood only by a

computer and consists of a set of instructions in the binary form of 0 and 1.

 Assembly-level language: Assembly-level language is a low-level

programming language that communicates directly with computer hardware. It
is machine-dependent and designed to be readable by humans.

 High-level language: A high-level language is a computer programming

language that resembles a natural language or mathematical notation. It
enables the development of a program in a much more user-friendly
programming context and is generally independent of the computer's hardware
architecture. It uses English-like statements and is easy to create, read and
understand.

State the importance of machine-level language to a computer.

C. Language Interpreter
A language interpreter is a system software program used to directly execute a
program or instruction written using one of the many high-level programming
languages.
Types of language interpreters include:
 Assembler: This refers to a program that takes basic computer instructions
and converts them into a pattern of bits (0 and 1) that the computer's processor
can use to perform its basic operations. It interprets software programs written
in assembly-level programs into machine language, code and instruction that a
computer can execute. It can optimise computer memory and hardware
utilisation.

 Interpreter: This refers to a program that can analyse and execute a program
line by line. The interpreter directly executes instructions using one of the
many high-level programming languages. It is easy to write and does not
require ample memory space.

 Compiler: A compiler is a software that converts the source code to the object
code.
Mention the three types of language interpreters.

84
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

D. Device Driver
A Device driver is a software that controls particular hardware attached to the
system. Hardware devices that need a driver to connect to a system include displays,
sound cards, printers, keyboards, headphones, mice and hard disks. All hardware
parts require a driver from your internal computer components,
State the function of a driver.
1.4.2 Application Software
Application software, also known as end-user programs or productivity programs,
helps users complete tasks such as doing online research, playing games, setting
alarms, designing graphics, and doing calculations. They lie above the system
software. It directs the computer to execute commands given by the user(s).
Application software has become our everyday companion, and different types are
available to suit every need and purpose. They are as follows:
 Microsoft Office Suite: Microsoft Office Suite is a set of programs with
related functionality for everyday tasks. The primary programs are word
processing, spreadsheet and presentation graphics.

Figure 35: Microsoft Office Suite

Source:https://www.i.pinimg.com/originals/5b/3d/10/5b3d1078f5551280e3
10af7db411e2ba.png

 Database Software: Database software, also known as database management

software (DBMS), is a program or utility used to create, edit and maintain
database files and records. It allows users to store data in structured fields,
tables and columns, which can then be retrieved directly and through
programmatic access. Examples are MYSQL, FoxPro, dBase and MS Access.

 Presentation Software: Presentation Software is a category of application

software specifically designed to allow users to create a presentation of ideas
by stringing together text, images and audio/video. Examples are MS
PowerPoint and Google Slides.

85
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Spreadsheet Software: Spreadsheet software is an application capable of

organising, storing, and analysing data in tabular form. The application can
provide a digital simulation of a paper accounting worksheet. They can also
have multiple interacting sheets with data represented in text, numeric or
graphic form. An example is Microsoft Excel.

 Enterprise Resource Planning Software: Enterprise Resource Planning

Software manages a company's finance, supply chain, operations, commerce,
reporting, manufacturing and human resource activities. Examples are
CodeAchi, Librarian, and Koha Library Management Software.

 Browser: Browser refers to software that allows a computer user to find and
view information on the Internet (Gregersen, 2017). Web browsers interpret
the HTML tags in downloaded documents and format the displayed data
according to standard style rules. Web Browsers help the user to locate,
retrieve and display content found on the Internet. Examples are Mozilla
Firefox, Google Chrome, and MS Edge.

 Multimedia Software: It is the software that can play, create or record

images, audio or video files. They are used for video editing, animation,
graphics, and image editing. Some examples of Multimedia Software are:
Adobe Photoshop, Picasa, VLC Media Player, Windows Media Player,
Windows Movie Maker
 Communication Software: Communication software is an application or
program that passes information from one system to another. It provides
remote access to systems and transmits files in various formats between
computers. An example is Zoom.

 Music Software: Music Software is software used for this application for
music production, e.g., Spotify and Apple Music.

Figure 36: Types of Application Software

Source: https://lms.su.edu.pk/storage/uploads/1606586211-what-is-application-
software.jpg

86
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Describe the different types of application software with examples?

1.4.3 Utility Software

Utility software supports computer infrastructure. It is designed to aid in analyzing,
optimizing, configuring and maintaining a computer system. This software focuses
on how an OS functions and then accordingly decides its trajectory to smoothen the
system's functioning. Types of utility software are as follows:
 Anti-virus software: Anti-virus software is a program to prevent, detect,
scan, and eliminate malware and viruses from a computer system. Examples
are Norton utility Avast and McAfee
 Disk management tools: Disk management tools are utility software
programs used to manage data on disk by performing various functions like
partitioning devices, managing drives, checking, and formatting.
 File management tools: File management tools are utility software that
manages computer system files. They help to browse, search, arrange, find
information and quickly preview the files of the system.
 Backup Software: Backup Software is a computer program used to perform a
backup. It creates exact supplementary copies of files, folders, documents,
software data, most data types or the entire computer/server, used for restoring
the original files in case of file corruption, accidental/intentional deletion or a
disaster.

Figure 37: Utility software

Source: https://ventsmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Utility-
Software.jpgIg&usqp=CAU

State the importance of utility software.

1.5 CLASSIFICATION OF SOFTWARE

There are tons of readymade software packages in the market for various
applications. However, the capabilities differ, prices vary, and versions keep
changing. Based on features such as the source code's nature, access level, and usage
cost, the software can be classified as follows:

87
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Commercial Software: Commercial Software is a software program designed

and developed for licensing or outright sale to an end-user. Commercial
Software is reliable, easy to use and well-documented. Examples are LIBSYS
and Alice for Window.

 Open-source Software: Open-source software is computer software with the

source code freely available under a license that permits the user to study,
change, improve and redistribute in modified or unmodified form. The license
is released free of cost and prohibits commercial redistribution (Syed, 2011).
Examples are Evergreen and Koha.

 Closed-source Software: Closed-source, also known as Proprietary

Software, is a non-free computer program. The source code is the publisher's
intellectual property, which reserves the licensing rights to use, modify, share
modification, or share the Software, restricting user freedom with the Software
on lease. Examples include Android, Java, Microsoft Office, and Adobe
Photoshop.

 Shareware: Shareware is a freeware public domain software solution. The

license prohibits modifications and commercial redistribution. It is distributed
free on a trial basis with the understanding that the user wants to pay for it
later. The source code is not available for modification. Examples are Adobe
acrobat, PHP Debugger and Grammarly.

 Middleware: Middleware is software that mediates between application and

system software or between two different kinds of application software. For
example, middleware enables Microsoft Windows to relate to Excel and
Word.

 Freeware: Freeware is proprietary software available for use at no monetary

cost but may not be modified, re-distributed or re-engineered without the
author’s permission. Examples include Google Chrome, Adobe Acrobat,
Adobe Illustrator, McAfee Antivirus, PDF Reader, and Skype, among others.

 Productivity Software: Productivity software is application software that

assists users in regular office jobs such as creating, updating and maintaining
documents, handling large amounts of data, and creating presentations.
Typical examples are word processors, and spreadsheet software.

 Application suite: An application suite is a group of different but interrelated

software programs combined and packaged. It contains software from a single
software publisher and encapsulates it into a layer of executable programs
known as the installer. The installer enables the bundled applications to be
installed individually or the entire software stack at once. They have related

88
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

functions, features, and user interfaces and may be able to interact with each
other. One of the best-known software suites is Microsoft Office, which
includes Word, Excel, PowerPoint and other programs depending on the
version.

 Web-based software: Web-based software is any program accessed over a

network using hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) rather than existing within a
device's memory. It runs inside a web browser without needing installation,
download or upgrading. Examples are Online Banking and web-based email
programme – Gmail, Yahoo, and Hotmail.

 Cloud-based software: Cloud-based software (software as a service SaaS)

allows users access to software applications that run on shared computing
resources (for processing power, memory and disk storage) via the Internet. It
is cost-effective, flexible, innovative, and open-access to access data
anywhere, anytime, as per user need. In addition, libraries can use the software
without having to license or install it. A typical example is Dropbox, where
the user interacts with the application in a web browser to upload and interact
with their files. Still, all of the data processing and storage happens remotely
on the cloud.

 Programming software: Programming software is used by computer

programmers to write code. Enable developers to develop, write, test and
debug other software programs. Examples include Assemblers, Compilers,
Debuggers and interpreters.

 Licensed software: Licensing software is proprietary software distributed

under a licensing agreement to authorized users only. The source code is not
to be shared publicly. An example is Norton Utility anti-virus software.

 Subscription-based Software: Subscription software is a monthly or annual

licensing model in which users pay a per-user fee. The subscription fee covers
software licenses, access to support services, and new software versions as
they become available.

Discuss the classification of software packages based on source code,

access level, and cost.

89
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 38: Classification of software

Source:https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Q37a0bo1-
Bc/YUuPHJQGwFI/AAAAAAAACIQ/lipUQS30aCQMge4EB1q3Yxo7
_bE5xIoDwCLcBGAsYHQ/s16000/Classification%2Bof%2BSoftware.
png
1.6 QUALITIES OF SOFTWARE
The ability of software to meet its functional (operational) and non-functional
requirements defines its qualities. According to Rosencrance (2021), the functional
requirements includes technical details, data manipulation and processing
capabilities, and other functions that define performance. The non-functional
requirements are the attributes that determine how the system should work. These
include:

a) Integrity: Integrity is preventing unauthorised access to software or data. It is not

usual for software to have side effects, such as affecting the operation of another
application, but quality software should not have side effects.

b) Accessibility: Accessibility is the degree to which a diverse group of people can

use the software comfortably, including those who require adaptive technologies
such as voice recognition and screen magnifiers.

c) Functionality: Functionality is the software's ability to do the work for which it

was intended.

d) Testability: refers to the fundamental attribute associated with every software

artifact (such as modules, requirements and specifications, design documents and
UML model) that enables computation and effort required to perform testing. The
lesser the testability, the larger the efforts will be, whereas greater testability
ensures minimal effort.

e) Reliability: Software reliability is the probability of failure-free operation of a

computer program for a specified period in a specified environment. Reliability is
a customer-oriented view of software quality. It relates to operation rather than
program design; hence, it is dynamic rather than static.

f) Efficiency: This refers to the software's ability to use system resources most
effectively and efficiently by making good use of storage space and executing

90
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

commands by the desired timing requirements, and it should perform well without
wasting resources, effort, or money.

g) Re-usability: This refers to the ability to reuse software code with some
modifications for different purposes.

h) Compatibility: Compatibility is the software's suitability for use in various

environments, such as with different operating systems, devices, and browsers.

i) Interoperability: Interoperability is the ability of the software to exchange and

use information with other applications transparently (interface with other
software).

j) Correctness: Correctness is the software's ability to do what it is supposed to do

to meet all of the specifications specified by the customer.

k) Installability: Installability is the software's ability to be installed in a specific

environment.

l) Robustness refers to the degree to which the software can continue functioning
even when given incorrect data.

m) Portability: This is the ability of software to be adaptable, installable,

replaceable, and transferable from one platform to another without modification.

n) Localisation: Localisation refers to a software's ability to adapt to different

languages, time zones, and other features.

o) Scalability: The ability of software to increase or decrease performance in

response to changes in processing demands, expanding for more work or a more
significant number of users with affordable costs should be straightforward.

p) Performance: Performance relates to how quickly the software performs a

specific activity.

q) Usability: Usability is the degree to which specified consumers can use software
to achieve quantified objectives with effectiveness, efficiency, and satisfaction in
a quantified context of the use. This refers to how simple it is for a non-IT expert
to use the software.

r) Maintainability: is the ability to modify the software to improve performance or

correct errors, features and debug. Also, it must be testable, stable, changeable,
and operable.

91
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

s) Security: This refers to the software's ability to protect against unauthorised

access, invasion of privacy, theft, data loss, malicious software, and other external
threats.

t) Safety: This refers to the system's ability to operate, normally or abnormally,

without danger of causing human injury or death and without damage to the
system's environment.

Discuss the non-functional requirements of the software for it to be

adjudged to be of good quality?

1.7 SUMMARY
This unit examined the software concept. It discussed the types, categories and
qualities of software. Without software, computer hardware is virtually useless.
Software is the programs and other operating information used by a computer. There
are three categories of software. The system software controls the computer's internal
functioning and the peripherals such as monitors, printers and storage devices; the
application software directs the computer to execute commands given by the user(s)
and the utility software is designed to help analyse, configure and optimise hardware
performance. The qualities of software depend on its functionality, attributes, the
developer's ability to constantly adapt to meet new customer requirements, and the
prompt handling of identified problems of the software.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in the gap as appropriate
a). ----------------- software assists the systems software in their work.
b). ------------------------- controls and monitors the functioning of a specific device
on the computer.
c). Types of operating systems are ------------------------ and --------------------------
d). ----------------------- is the lifeline of the computer.
e). Language processor converts all user instructions into -------------------- language.
f). ----------------- software is computer software for which the software publisher or
individual owner retains intellectual property rights.
g). Application suite is an ------------------ management software package.
h). Open-source software is any ---------------- that prohibits license modification and
commercial redistribution.
i). ----------------------------- is distributed free on a trial basis?
j). Norton utility anti-virus is an example of ------------------ software.

1.8 GLOSSARY
 Application software: A computer program that performs a specific function
directly for an end-user, or in some cases, for another application.

92
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Graphical User Interface: This refers to a computer program that enables a

user to communicate with a computer using icons.

 Hardware: This refers to the physical component of a computer.

 Interoperability: This refers to the ability of a computer system or software

to exchange and use information.

 Non-functional requirements: These are the attributes that determine how

the system should work

 Proprietary software: This refers to commercial software that can be bought,

leased or licensed from its vendor/developer.

 Software: This refers to instructions/programs that direct a computer’s

hardware to perform a task.

 Software quality: This is defined as a field of study and practice describing

software products' desirable attributes.

 System software: This is a program designed to run a computer's hardware,

and application programs and coordinate the activities of a computer system.

 Utility software: This refers to a software designed to help analyse, configure,

optimise or maintain a computer.

1.9 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopedia (2022, August 24). Software.
https://www.britannica.com/technology/software.
Computerhope.com (2022). What is MS-DOS?
https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/m/msdos.htm.
Davis, Z. (2022). Definition of command line: PCMag.
https://www.pcmag.com/encyclopedia/term/commandline.
Davis, Z. (2022). Definition of office suite: PCMag.
https://www.pcmag.com/encyclopedia/term/officesuite.

Gregersen, E. (2017, August 17). Browser:

https://www.britannica.com/technology/browser
Guru 99.com (2022). Differences between system software and application software.
https://www.guru99.com/difference-system-software-application-software.html.

93
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Microsoft Dynamics 365 (2022). What is ERP. https://dynamics.microsoft.com/en-

us/erp/what-is-erp.
Red Hat Inc. (2022). What is open source? https://opensource.com/resources/what-
open-source
Rosencrance, L. (2021). What is software: Definition, types and examples.
https://www.techtarget.com/searchapparchitecture/definition/software?amp=1.
Shaikh, B.U & Ankushe, S. (2019). Evaluation of library automation software:
Libsys and Koha. International Journal of Research in Arts and Literature,
7(2), 89 - 96. https://oaji.net/articles/2019/488-1551937578.pdf
Squareboat (2021, December 27). Different types of software with examples.
Squareboat Blog. https://squareboat.com/blog/different-types-of-software-with-
examples
Syed, C. (2011). Parents of invention: The development of library automation
systems in the late 20th century. Library Unlimited.
Techopedia.com (2020). What is an interpreter?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/7793/interpreter.
Techopedia.com (2013). What is database software.
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/1190/database-software.
Techopedia.com (2022). What does presentation software mean?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/16572/presentation-software.
Techopedia.com (2022). What is spreadsheet software?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/9510/spreadsheet-software.
1.10 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)
WITHIN THE CONTENT
a). Utility.
b). Driver.
c). Line command and Graphical User Interface.
d). Operating system.
e). Machine-understandable.
f). Closed-source
g). Integrate.
h). Computer software.
i). Shareware.
j). Licensed.

94
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

UNIT 2 LIBRARY AUTOMATION SOFTWARE PACKAGES

UNIT STRUCTURE
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Learning Outcomes
2.3 Library Automation Software
2.3.1 Qualities of Library Automation Software Package
2.4 Library Automation Software Package
2.4.1 KnowAll Matrix Library Management System
2.4.2 CodeAchi Library Management System
2.4.3 Library World
2.4.4 Alexandria Library Management Software
2.4.5 Mandarin 5 Library Automation Software
2.4.6 Library System Software 10 (LIBSYS 10)
2.4.7 Evergreen Integrated Library System
2.4.8 Apollos Integrated Library Software (ILS)
2.4.9 WorldShare Management Services (WMS)
2.4.10 Libib Library Management Service
2.5 Summary
2.6 Glossary
2.7 References/Further Readings
2.8 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

2.1 INTRODUCTION
Managing a library is laborious, process-oriented, and demanding for individuals
without making mistakes. Library automation is essential as deploying a robust
library automation software would eliminate daily repetitive activities. The current
trend in libraries is the digitisation of contents and the provision of open-source
integrated platforms to enable a broader search and usage spectrum 24/7 from remote
95
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

locations for member access. The best library automation software helps transform
the library and make it accessible. Therefore, libraries must endeavour to procure
software with a user-friendly interface for today’s computer-savvy users. This unit
therefore, focuses on library automation software vis-a-vis the definition, types and
qualities. Also, it brings to you some of the library automation software available in
the market and their unique features.

2.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define library automation software;
 Identify the types of library automation software;
 State the qualities of library automation software; and
 Mention the different library automation software.

2.3 LIBRARY AUTOMATION SOFTWARE

Library automation software is a multi-component information system whose
objective is to facilitate the management of library information resources and
enhance staff performance (Ferguson & Hebels, 2003). The software system may be
a simple program designed to perform the job of acquisition or cataloguing; or an
integrated software that can handle several functions such as acquisition, cataloguing,
circulation, serials management, report generation and others. Therefore, be it
academic, public, school or special library, automation software is designed to
help attain efficiency. This is done by optimising data and information on new books,
borrowing, and returning records with date and time, daily statistics of library
transactions, and administrative operations by automating records and catalogues.

There are different library management software in the market with different
capabilities and functionality. However, the similarity of features makes it difficult to
categorise them. Based on where the software can be hosted/situated/ownership, it
can be categorised into the following types:

a. On-the-Cloud: Cloud-based solutions refer to the applications, storage, on-

demand services, computer networks, and other resources accessed with an
Internet connection through another provider's shared cloud computing
framework. It is the digital data stored, managed, and processed on a network
of remote servers hosted on the Internet rather than on local servers or
personal computers. With cloud-based solutions, access is guaranteed from
any remote location with Internet facilities. As a result, they are more flexible,
easier to maintain, and. Examples are WorldShare Management Service and
Evergreen ILS.

b. On-Premise Library Software: On-premises software is a software delivery

model installed and operated from a library's in-house server and computing
infrastructure. It utilises the library's native computing resources and requires

96
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

only a licensed or purchased copy of the software from an independent

software vendor.

c. Subscription Software: Subscription-based software relates to a monthly or

annual licencing model, allowing users to pay a per-user fee. Customers typically
pay an initial subscription upfront and are entitled to use the software only during
the subscription term.

d. Perpetual Software Licence: A perpetual software license is a software

license that authorises an individual to use a program indefinitely. Libraries
purchase the software and are responsible for its maintenance. Generally,
aside from the termination of the contract, a perpetual software license allows
the holder to use a specific version of a given software program continually
with payment of a single fee. However, a perpetual license agreement often
means that the licensee has to pay additional fees to install any software
updates the manufacturer provides.

Describe types of library automation software based on?

2.3.1 Qualities of Library Automation Software

A library management system is software that is designed to manage all the
functional activities of a library. It helps the librarian maintain the database of new
books, the books that members borrow, and their due dates. According to Sadaf
(2015), the qualities of good library management software are as follows:
a) The automation software must have an integrated design and support all
library functions, database building, and information retrieval.

b) The software must be user-friendly and operate on a platform with multiple

users.

c) The automation software must be international-standard compliant (MARC 21

enabled) with export and import capabilities.

d) The software must support the proper management of books and other library
collections and accurately give details about the library stock and members.

e) The software must support the easy issuing and returning process.

State the qualities of library automation software.

2.4 LIBRARY AUTOMATION SOFTWARE PACKAGES
Library automation software solutions have evolved over the years. Different
packages are available on the market, each with peculiar functionalities and

97
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

capabilities. Each type of library has unique requirements to cater to its patrons. The
library management system software selection will depend on the type of library that
needs to be automated. Finding the right software solution for the library is vital for
managing the library’s assets and the service of patrons. Therefore, for automation
software to offer complete satisfaction to the users, and perform library activities and
functions effectively, it is essential to have options from which a choice can be made
based on the library’s requirements. Types and examples of leading library
automation software solutions in the market include but are not limited to the
following:
2.4.1 KnowAll Matrix Library Management System

KnowAll Matrix Library Management System is an entirely browser-based integrated

library management system that offers quality for single to multi-site libraries and
information centres. It is a fully maintained modular library management system that
allows librarians and information professionals to carry out administration,
cataloguing, serials management, loans, acquisitions and financial reporting in their
own modular integrated library software system in the cloud.

KnowAll Matrix Library Management System, a product of Bailey Solutions, was

developed and designed by a library consultant in consultation with clients. The
product features a standard Google-type search feature with simple and advanced
search, filters, and ranking. In addition, the platform has an AutoCat feature that adds
catalogues quickly by automatically downloading bibliographic data, including
images from resources such as Google Books, COPAC libraries, and other specialist
resources. Other key features include Catalogue, OPAC, user management, set-up,
hosting, support, upgrades, admin staff licenses, unlimited web OPAC for library
users, and a 24/7 help centre. Optional: services like data conversion and training.
Add other modules as required, including Circulation, Acquisitions, Serials and
Interlibrary Loans.

Features of KnowAll Matrix Library Management System

The unique features of the KnowAll Matrix Library Management System are:
 KnowAll Matrix Library system solution supports different formats, from
print and digital resources to government publications and law reports.
 A highly customisable discovery interface with a Google-type search
experience and nightly data backups.
 Personalises user experiences in their accounts through saved searches and
alerts for reviews.
 Free upgrading and updating of the software whenever they are available.
 Flexible enough to be deployed for NHS, healthcare, and law libraries.
 Downloads bibliographic metadata, images and description for published
books.
 Create metadata for print and digital resources.
 Manage all information and knowledge resources in one place.
 It has multiple workflows, which means all offices or branches can use the
library system, but work separately.

98
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Buy only the modules required by a library.

https://youtu.be/xmiHZypPWbo

Figure 39: KnowAll Matrix Dashboard

Source: https://s2.research.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/28225227/KnowAll-
Matrix-dashboard-1024x626.png

2.4.2 CodeAchi Library Management System

CodeAchi Library Management System is one of the most sought-after platforms on

the market today. It is a globally trusted software for Library Automation. The
software is easy to install on Windows computers and can be accessed by multiple
computers using LAN. It is a complete solution for managing and administering a
library of any size. CodeAchi LMS features training through documentation, live
online, webinars and YouTube videos, which is very easy to use.

CodeAchi Library Management System is a fully featured solution with many

sophisticated options and functions. It can add books, CDs, DVDs, students, and staff
with the required filed names. It can check the history of most used books, a student
and many more in a few seconds. This software is ready to perform every vital digital
task in managing a library. The available modules are designed with the International
Standard Organization for Library and Library Science guidelines. CodeAchi Library
Management System is the best choice for schools, colleges, universities, and public
libraries. The product can satisfy every query related to your library information.

Features of CodeAchi Library Management System

CodeAchi library management system is easy and best for the organizational library
with the following features:
 It provides easy-to-use cataloguing features with relevant fields and tags,
customised categories, tags, and other data saved for library materials.
 CodeAchi LMS offers a powerful search engine for librarians and users using
categories and tags.

99
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 The platform helps streamline issue and return processes for books and other
materials.
 It has a shelf management and barcode scanner feature for easy issues and
returns.
 Allows quick data import using comma-separated values (CSV) or excel
sheets.
 Provides an automatic fines calculator and automated borrower SMS and
notifications.
 It includes acquisition, check-in, and issue book features for procurement
management.
 The platform offers a 360-degree view of circulations and their inventory
status.
 It has an automatic fine calculation module with SMS borrower notifications
through emails and SMS from the software.
 CodeAchi provides multisystem support, allowing users to connect with other
library management tools and databases.
 It provides after-sale support and data security.

https://youtu.be/p1N6VcP87BA

Outline the unique features of CodeAchi Library Management System.

2.4.3. LibraryWorld
LibraryWorld is a cloud-based library automation solution with a full range of library
application modules, including catalogue, circulation, inventory, serials control, and
OPAC. LibraryWorld allows users to create a branded library site and access
customisable library automation options, catalogue their collection, manage
circulation, patrons, inventory, and more. In addition, the product offers an online
public access catalogue (OPAC) that allows patrons to search the collection and is
accessible via native mobile applications for Apple devices.

Features of LibraryWorld
The unique features of LibraryWorld are as follows:
 The software streamlines library transactions with its intuitive circulation
management module.
 It is a Web-based library automation service. No costly software, hardware, or
networking nightmares.
 Quick email receipts for checkouts.

100
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Serials tracking modules enable tracking of expected repeating items and

allow users to send letters and missing reports to vendors.
 The inventory module allows for collection status verification quick real-time
views.
 Range of library reports such as cataloguing reports, statistical reports,
overdue patron lists, library spine and pocket labels.
 The cataloguing module allows users to create and update library catalogues
and records.
 Users can add one or multiple copies to catalogue records and attach PDF or
JPEG files to build a digital library.
 The circulation module’s barcode scanning supports self-service kiosks and
streamlines check-out, check-in, renewal, holding, and reservation of items for
patrons.
 The cataloguing module allows users to manually enter records, import
records in MARC format, and pull records directly from online resources,
including the Library of Congress, through the Z39.50 connection to the
Library of Congress.
 The Z39.50 protocol can also be used by client applications to search your
library in a vendor-independent manner.
 A mobile web application, native iPad and iPhone apps, and an online patron
access catalogue (OPAC) allow patrons to search the library catalogue
anywhere.
 The patron module allows you to import or hand-enter patron records. In
addition, patron records can include an optional patron image for quick user
verification.
 It provides basic and advanced searching with multiple display modes, items
status and book jacket display.

Figure 40: LibraryWorld Dashboard

101
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Source: https://s2.research.com/wp-
content/uploads/2022/06/28230039/LibraryWorld-dashboard-
1024x626.png

2.4.4. Alexandria Library Management Software

Alexandria Library Management Software is a robust cloud-based integrated library
automation software that empowers patrons and librarians with its customisable
interface creation tool and powerful features that allow users to add custom fields,
buttons, icons, and images. As a result, users can configure their library experience to
engage patrons of all ages and reading levels. In addition, the software seamlessly
helps manage catalogues and allows patrons to quickly search collections anytime
and anywhere.

Alexandria is available for Cloud, Mac, Windows, Android, iPhone and iPad, and
configured to meet every library's unique needs. It includes catalogue management,
hosting options, 24/7 customer support, and many more. The platform also connects
users with eBook providers and offers free resources like monthly themed posters.

Features of Alexandria Library Management Software

Key features of Alexandria are as follows:
 The platform is device agnostic. Librarians and patrons can access it via any
device.

 It provides users with customisation tools to build library experiences for

patrons of all ages and reading levels.

 It offers a robust search function with customisable filters and categories.

 Allows for distributed catalogues to be managed from one interface.

 It has a map feature that pinpoints the location of any material searched for in
the system.

 Alexandria has a community Bulletin Board feature for promoting events.

 End-users can create virtual spaces for storing resources, creating events, and
reading lists.

 It has a slideshow feature for promoting resources such as seasonal reading,

new releases, and school materials.

 It has a user-friendly circulation interface for handling all transactions.

102
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Provides a custom reporting module that users can generate whenever it is

necessary.

 It has options for additional hardware like scanners, printers, and labels to
integrate with the software.

https://youtu.be/BDpqBGHb_2Q

Figure 41: Alexandria Dashboard

Source:https://s2.research.com/wpcontent/uploads/2022/06/28224357/Alexandri
a-dashboard-1024x626.png

2.4.5 Mandarin 5 Library Automation Software

Mandarin M5 is a modern web-library management system accessible through any

device that is purpose-built for librarians. It is user-friendly and customisable.
Mandarin M5, a flagship product of Mandarin Library Automation, enables users to
access resources from any workstation, remotely or at the library. The solution helps
single libraries and libraries with multiple sites and school districts cut costs while
saving time with its one-point installation, maintenance, and updates.

Mandarin M5 provides cataloguing, circulation, inventory, and report generation

modules. In addition, it provides users with features to configure according to their
needs and preferences. Also, the platform supports Unicode. Hence, it allows patrons
and librarians to search for any material using any language, including Chinese,
Arabic, and Hebrew, among many others.

103
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Mandarin 5 Library Automation Software Features

Features of Mandarin 5 Library automation software are:

 Simple and advanced cataloguing editors.

 Allows for listing and printing of records.

 Enables transactions, including loans, returns, renewals, reservations, and

bookings.

 View patron and item status.

 Displays patron and item images.

 Automates fine processing and refunds.

 Automatically sends email notifications for overdue materials and fines.

 Conducts partial and complete inventory.

 Generates custom reports with PDF and automatically sends them to relevant
email addresses.

 Its Report Tool includes over 900 reports and free custom reports.

https://youtu.be/VSWYJNNk3Hk

https://youtu.be/ZU1Gxvx4awc?t=10

104
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 42: Mandarin M5 Dashboard

Source:https://s2.research.com/wpcontent/uploads/2022/06/28224935/Mandarin-
M5-dashboard-1024x626.png

2.4.6 Library System Software 10 (LIBSYS 10)

LIBSYS 10 is a Library Management System produced by LIBSYS Corporation,

New Delhi, India, with a three-tier architecture and independent front-user interface
that enhances the library experience by automating, maintaining, organising and
handling the books systematically. LIBSYS 10 is an integrated multi-user library
automation software designed in COBOL language but converted to C and C++ for
academic libraries with vast collections.
LIBSYS 10 is an intelligent library management system that meets the needs of
advanced librarians. It covers all the essential functions of a library, like acquisition,
cataloguing, circulation, serials management, barcode scanning, fee collection, article
indexing, e-books, dean and vendor portals, and an upgraded OPAC. In addition, it
has a mini version called Micro LIBSYS for DOS/XENIX machines that may be
adapted to work with Oracle, Ingres, and Unify.

Features of Library System Software (LIBSYS)

Some of the features of LIBSYS 10 are as follows:
 LIBSYS can be accessed through a web browser, thus, allowing the
networking of libraries via a local and vast area network.
 The software is multi-lingual and CD-ROM compatible.
 LIBSYS 10 is open technologies complaint such as JAVA and International
Standards such as Z39.50.
 It is available in client-server and web-enabled configurations.
 It provides a tree-structure system, with each system consisting of several
sub-systems with unrivalled functionality depth.
 The software is a fully integrated multi-user system designed to run on any
computer with the Unix operating system via a local area network.
 Integrated with the software is the Vendor Management System, a cloud-
based software platform in charge of common and many global enterprise
platforms and environments operations.
 The LIBSYS transactions processor includes a powerful bibliographic search
database manager/engine with the option of using Oracle or SQL Server as
the back-end relational database management system.
 It supports all library-related activities, the installation of software and its
smooth operation on a site.

105
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 It has a streamlined workflow that allows library staff to manage library

operations efficiently.

 It aids in approving new purchases, collection development, material

handling, SDI services, and bindery management.

Figure 43: LIBSYS 10 Dashboard

Source:https://d2t60rd7vcv5ly.cloudfront.net/latest_screenshots/1583728715
_LIBSYS_10.PNG.png

2.4.7 Evergreen Integrated Library System

Evergreen ILS is a unique, highly scalable open-source library management solution
with an active development community. It is maintained by passionate volunteers and
is used by more than 2,000 libraries across the globe. The platform has an on-premise
client that allows web connection to a vast network of users, allowing for sharing of
resources among the group. It helps library patrons find library materials and helps
libraries manage, catalogue, and circulate those materials, no matter how large or
complex the libraries are. It is available for Windows, Mac and Linux.
The software, also called Evergreen, is used by libraries to provide their public
catalogue interface and manage back-of-house operations such as circulation
(checkouts and check-ins), acquisition of library materials, and sharing resources
among groups of libraries. Evergreen depends on the following technologies Perl, C,
JavaScript, XML, XPath, XSLT, XMPP, OpenSRF, Apache, mod_perl, and
PostgreSQL. In addition, the latest stable release of a supported Linux distribution is
recommended for an Evergreen installation.

Evergreen Integrated Library System Features

Key features of Evergreen ILS are as follows:
 Provides an intuitive public catalogue interface.
 Offers back-end support for circulation.
 The platform offers features for acquisition and resource sharing.

106
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 It is open-source and is managed by a passionate community of developers

and end-users.
 Evergreen ILS provides a metadata search engine.
 It is a transaction processing engine for library workflows.

Figure 44: Evergreen Home page

Source:https://a.fsdn.com/con/app/proj/evergreenils.s/screenshots/1.PNG
/1000/auto/1

2.4.8 Apollo Integrated Library System

Apollo ILS is a hosted integrated library system for public libraries. It was created by
Bibiolix, a Texas-based family-owned company dedicated to providing solutions for
public libraries. Apollo ILS enables customers to significantly increase their
efficiency by accomplishing more tasks for patrons. The platform automatically
connects clients with state catalogues and ILL systems and maintains these
connections at no extra charge. It has comprehensive features, from collection
management to online payments. As a cloud-based solution, Apollo ILS delivers
many features, including circulation management, collection management,
acquisition management, cataloguing management, barcode scanning,
barcoding/RFID, OPAC, Fee collection and integration with third-party products or
services.

Features of Apollo ILS

Key features of Apollo ILS include the following:
 Streamlines circulation management.
 Supports Email, text, and phone notifications.
 Communal catalogues and virtual consortium capabilities.
 Auto-notifications for reservations and overdue materials.
 Self-checkout capability.
 Acquisitions support.

107
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Delete items without losing information on items; also has batch weed/delete
capabilities.
 Includes the Gabbie two-way texting tool and gives patrons access to their
librarians using a “Ask a Librarian” link.
 The Gabbie two-way texting tool has auto-commands like “renew-due.”.
 The Gabbie two-way texting tool provides librarians with an SMS phone
number that patrons can add as a contact.
 It integrates most e-items automatically into client catalogues.

Figure 45: Apollo Integrated Library System dashboard

Source: https://s2.research.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/28225335/Apollo-
ILS-dashboard-1024x626.png

2.4.9 WorldShare Management Services (WMS)

WorldShare Management Services (WMS) is a unique and integrated suite of cloud-

based library management applications that leverage cooperation between clients and
the software provider to create a system that fits their needs perfectly. WMS lets
subscribers define their success, such as design and KPIs, and then provides them
with tailor-made solutions. The company is also known for allowing clients to train
in their custom system in a sandbox environment before going live. With WorldCat®
as the foundation, WMS connects users to unparalleled global resources through
OCLC’s robust network of libraries. WMS delivers a robust user experience with a
single intuitive interface to search the entire collection and all databases, find items in
other libraries, view item availability, place holds, review accounts, and renew items.
WMS group functionality is so much more than shared resources. WMS is a fully
integrated library platform designed to meet the changing needs of modern libraries.

108
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Circulation tasks are streamlined with a reduction in training period. Users can find
and request items in the library without changing interfaces.

Features of WorldShare Management Services (WMS)

Key features include
 WMS creates a system designed to meet a client’s specific needs.
 The company continually cooperates with libraries to optimize and adapt their
platform as they go.
 It provides a robust search function with custom tags.
 It provides access to a vast global interlibrary network.
 WMS has built-in custom reports to help generate data-driven actionable
insights.
 It provides a sandbox carbon copy environment for training before live
deployment.
 The platform is accessible via the mobile application Digby for library
management and inventory control
 WMS integrates with other third-party applications.
 Known for providing excellent support and training

Figure 46: WorldShare Management System Dashboard

Source: https://s2.research.com/wp-
content/uploads/2022/06/28224455/OCLC-Worldshare-
Management-System-dashboard-1024x626.png

2.4.10 Libib Library management service

109
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Libib Library management service is an intuitive cloud cataloguing platform with a

highly-visual interface that caters to home and small organizational libraries. Libib is
the best system for cataloguing media available online. It allows users to create
multiple libraries and tags, leave notes, import/export, and catalogue books, movies,
music, and video games. The platform is customizable enough to be used by different
library types. It is also popular among corporate users, such as Disney and EA games.

Features of Libib Library Management Service

Some of the critical features of Libib Library management services are as follows:
 Libib has mixed media collections with up to 100 categories.
 It has automatic metadata, which allows for easy search.
 Libib enables tagging, grouping, and basic editing.
 It provides a kiosk application with a built-in camera scanner for self-checkout.
 Libib provides native mobile applications for Android and iOS.
 It has a facility for auto-generated custom barcodes and custom branding.
 Libib scanning scanned, searched, entered an ISBN/UPC, or imported items in bulk
from a CSV file and automatically retrieved that item's cover art and all pertinent
information.
 It offers two different subscription options to best-fit users' needs.
 Exportable comma-separated values (CSV) reports.
 It allows for online reviews.

Figure 47: Libib Dashboard

110
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Source: https://s2.research.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/28225107/Libib-
dashboard-1024x626.png

Note: The list of Library Automation software is inexhaustible. Please see Appendix
One for more examples. Also, visit the following sites for more information on
Library Management Systems/Library Automation Software packages.
 https://research.com/software/best-library-management-software.
 https://sourceforge.net/software/library-management/
Describe any five (5) library automation software of your choice.
2.6 SUMMARY

This unit examined library automation software. It discussed the meaning, types and
qualities. Equally discussed were examples of the library automation software
available in the market. Library automation software act as the central hub for all
library-related tasks, allows libraries to become more effective and librarians to be
more efficient, and drive member engagement. The library automation software has
enabled the digital transformation of libraries, making them more accessible to the
digital-native generation and 21st-century compliant. The robustness of the
automation software in use largely determines the success of a library automation
process.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a). Library automation software is a ------------------------ information system.
b). The library management software helps libraries to ----------------- data
and information.
c). ------------------------- is a software that is designed to manage all the
functional activities of a library.
d). KnowAll Matrix Library Management System is a -----------------
integrated library management system.
e). ------------------------------ is an intuitive cloud cataloguing platform
f). Apollo is a hosted integrated library system (ILS) for ------------------------.
g). Mandarin M5 is a --------------------------- library management system.
h). Alexandria is built to meet the ---------------------- of every library.

2.7 GLOSSARY
 Cloud-based library software: This refers to the applications, storage, on-
demand services, computer networks, or other resources that are accessed with
an Internet connection through another provider's shared cloud computing
framework.
 Library Management Software: This refers to a multi-component
information system whose objective is to facilitate the management of library
information resources.

111
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 On-Premise Library Software solutions are those in which data,

applications, and software are powered entirely by in-house computer servers.
 Perpetual Licence Software: A perpetual software license is a software
license that authorizes an individual to use a program indefinitely.
 Subscription Library Software: Subscription offerings refer to a monthly or
annual licencing model, allowing users to pay a per-user fee for application
and data access.

2.8 REFERENCES/FURTHER READING

Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited. Oxford.
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd
&pg=PP1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU
1CogUq237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automati
on%20software&f=false

Bouchrika, I. (2022) 20 best library management software in 2022.

https://research.com/software/best-library-management-software

Chow, A.S & Bucknall, T. (2012). Customised fashion: Finding the right fit. In
Library Technology and user services: Planning, integration and usability
engineering.33 -79. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-1-84334-638-8.50008-4
Frankel, S. (ed.) (1984). Computer Science and Technology: Introduction to software
packages – NBS Special Publication 500-114. National Bureau of Standards,
Washington.https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/GOVPUBC13-
12c60ab743e7ac7bf180dc23324d22fc/pdf/GOVPUB-C-13
Ferguson, S. & Hebels, R. (2003). Library management system: An overview.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/library-management-
system
Goodfirms.co (2022). Best library automation software: Top Systems Review 2022.
https://www.goodfirms.co/library-automation-software

Innovative Interfaces, Inc (2009). Sierra Essentials Training Manual

Kohasupport.com (2022). 7 Key features of an integrated library system.

https://kohasupport.com/7-key-features-of-an-integrated-library-system

Sadaf, F. (2015). Application and utility of OPAC in Maulana Azad Library.

http://ir.amu.ac.in/id/eprint/3218
SourceForge (2022). Library management software.
https://sourceforge.net/software/library-management/

112
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

SkoolBeep (2022). Why choose a library management software.

https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/library-management-system/
Venkatasubbatao, M. (2013). Professional attitudes of librarians towards
information and communication technology: A survey of engineering college
libraries in North Coastal Andra Pradesh. (Doctoral thesis, Andhra Pradesh
University, India). https://www.lisedunetwork.com

2.9 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)

WITHIN THE CONTENT

a). Multi-component.
b). Optimise.
c). Library Management System.
d). Browser-based.
e). Libib Library Management Service.
f). Public libraries.
g). Modern web-based.
h). Unique needs.

113
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

UNIT 3: LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM STRUCTURE

3.1 Introduction
3.2 Learning Outcomes
3.3 The Library Management System
3.3.1 Characteristics of Library Management System
3.3.2 Advantages of Library Management System
3.4 Structure of Library Management System
3.4.1 Acquisition Management Module
3.4.2 Cataloguing Management Module
3.4.3 Circulation Management Module
3.4.4 Serials Management Module
3.4.5 Report Management Module
3.4.6 Online Public Access Catalogue
3.4.7 Inter-library Loan Management Module
3.4.8 Community Information Management Module
3.4.9 Import/Export Management Module
3.4.10 Reference Service Management Module
3.4.11 Barcode scanning System
3.4.12 Search function Module
3.4.13 Authority Control Module
3.4.14 Media Management Module
3.4.15 Electronic Resources Management Module
3.4.16 Fee Management Module
3.4.17 Database Management System (DBMS)
3.4.18 User Management Module
3.5 Summary
3.6 Glossary
3.7 References/Further Reading
3.8 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

3.1 INTRODUCTION
The library management system is considered the central nervous system of library
automation as it acts as a bridge between the library, librarians and users. A Library
management system is vital to building an automated library collection, maintaining
book records efficiently, and providing access to a library's collection and external
resources. Also, the library management system ensures better library functions as it
improves the efficiency and productivity of the library staff. Therefore,

114
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

understanding what is expected of you as part of your training and preparation to be a

librarian/information professional is imperative. Knowing the characteristics,
advantages and structure of library management systems will better prepare you to
understand the tools to expect in the world of work as an information
professional. Therefore, this unit focuses on a library management system's
characteristics, advantages and structure.
3.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of this unit, you should be able to:
 Define library management system;
 State the characteristics of the library management system; and
 Describe the structure of a library management system.
3.3 THE LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Library Management System is a complex and integrated system that brings
together a wide variety of records for use in a single transaction, and all the
functional modules share a common bibliographic database (Kumar, 2019; Lucidea,
2019; Bilal, 2014; and Chow & Bucknall, 2012). The library management system is
an information retrieval and storage system with software designed to manage library
operations. The system consists of inter-connected processes that streamline input
and retrieval of information for both library personnel and patrons; and are composed
of interlocking modules that track items and functions within an information centre
(Lucidea, 2019).

The library management system is an enterprise resource planning system that

manages acquisition, circulation, cataloguing, serials and membership. It provides an
online or digital interface that centralises back-end administrative features.
(TrustRadius, 2022). Also, the system comprised relational database software to act
on that database and two graphic user interfaces (one for patrons and library staff)
(New World Encyclopedia, 2018). The system also provides patron portals, allowing
library patrons to easily access or reserve library resources (TrustRadius, 2022).

What is a library management system?

115
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 48: Library Management System

Source:https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https%3A%2F%2Ffanyv88.com%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fwww.skoolbeep.c
om%2Fblog%2Flibrarymanagementsystem%2F&psig=

3.3.1 Characteristics of Library Management System

The library management system automates essential housekeeping functions and
accelerates the flow of information and resources to library patrons. Characteristics
of a library management system are

a. Components: The automated system consists of modules primarily designed

to support library operations, functions, processes, and tasks.

b. Interrelated: All the functional modules in a library management system are

interrelated. They work seamlessly with the hardware and system software to
enhance effective library service delivery.

c. Boundary: As is the characteristic of every system, the library management

system has a boundary which separates it from the environment and defines its
scope. The scope consists of modules and sub-modules which make up the
internal entities.

d. Environment: The system's environment refers to everything outside the

library management system that interacts with it, such as library staff, users,
lecturers, administrators, vendors and other stakeholders. Similarly, it interacts
with the environment in return by receiving input from patrons, processing it,
and returning output.

116
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

e. Import of MARC records: The cataloguing module allows libraries to

import MARC records from other institutions into their database instead of
starting from scratch.

f. Interface: The interface refers to the library management search and retrieval
interface, which allows users to communicate and use the automation system.
Depending on the operating system, the interface can be a graphic user or
command line.

g. Purpose: The interrelationship between the automation system components is

to support and manage library operations and services using the application
software and hardware on which it operates.

h. Input: This refers to how users (staff and students) interact with the LMS by
using the search buttons to find the information they need.

i. Output: Output refers to the library management system's response to the

library patrons' inquiry information of search results.

j. Constraints: Constraints can result from the system’s incompatibility with

hardware, poor infrastructure, low Internet bandwidth, inadequate storage
capacity, budget cuts, and power supply, all of which constitute a constraint to
the proper functioning of the automation system.

Discuss any five (5) characteristics of the library management system.

3.3.2. Advantages of Library Management System

A library management system is software that is designed to manage all the functions
of a library. According to Gopinath (2020), the advantages are:

1. User-friendly system: The library management system is flexible, simple and

easy to use. It provides online and offline data storage, automatic updates and
data backups. In addition, the system can be adapted to the needs of the
institutions, library staff and students.

2. Simplification of duties: The system allows library staff to maintain a vast

collection of books, periodicals and electronic resources. The addition and
deletion of books function, tracking and tracing of missing books, reservations
and renewals can be performed very quickly.
3. Access and increase engagement: The cloud-based library management
system software can be accessed anywhere and anytime with Internet
facilities. Members can search the database from any location when the
Internet is available. Also, the system provides access to smartphones and

117
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

tablets to search for books and resources. Thus, easy access increases the
engagement of the users.
4. Data management: The automated system software hosted from a cloud
platform is very efficient. The functions of cataloguing, indexing, referencing,
and book circulation is managed automatically and saved on the cloud for
reliable and secure operations.
5. Saves time: The automated library system saves the library staff time and
effort by eliminating manual record entries and processing repetitive clerical
tasks, thereby making the database error-free and accurate.
6. Automated reports: The system reports the performance of the library
automatically. Charts and graphs are provided for review and tracking of the
library functions. This aids in making changes and improvements to the
library
7. Cost-effective: Automated library systems eliminate the need for extensive
paperwork and too many staff. Maintenance overheads and operation costs are
reduced
8. Communication: The library management system enables seamless
communication among the library's librarians, patrons and vendors.

Figure 49: Library Management Systems Advantages

118
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Source: https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/WHY-
SHOULD-LIBRAIRES-INVEST-IN-LIBRARY-MANAGEMENT-
SYSTEM-SOFTWARE-min-768x527.png

3.4 STRUCTURE OF A LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The library management system is software designed to manage all library functions
effectively, efficiently, and at a reduced cost by streamlining all the activities
involved in its operation. The modules in an integrated library management system
are:
3.4.1 Acquisition Management Module
The acquisition management module helps library staff manage book suggestions,
approvals, orderings and cancellations, reminders, document receipt, accessioning,
vendor administration, book publishers, payment, fund control, the master files,
currency tables and users. Through the acquisition module, library personnel
generate reports of activities. Also, the acquisition and cataloguing modules are
linked together, making it easy for library staff to check for duplicates before
ordering, allowing library patrons to see a list of books on order, produce a catalogue
of books ordered, and circulate them upon arrival.

3.4.2 Cataloguing Management Module

The cataloguing module is a primary component of an automated library system. The
module oversees the export and import of bibliographic records, creating catalogue
cards, managing authority files, user services, retrospective conversion, stock
verification, report compilation, and maintaining union databases (local level). The
module has an adaptable menu and command-driven interface that defines
parameters and a searchable catalogue, allowing for data abstractions, accessible text,
and a data display mode where records can be modified and deleted. Also, with the
cataloguing module, the MARC-formatted documents can be catalogued using the
AACR II standards and categorising items into reference, special, and reserve. In
addition, this module can convert books, process books obtained through acquisition,
search print verification records by title and accession number, and create publisher
authorisation files.
3.4.3 Circulation Management Module
The circulation management module is the transaction module that allows the system
to loan out and receive returned materials. The transactions are automatically linked
to the cataloguing module to enable users to find out if materials are available or
borrowed. The module facilitates reservations, calculates fines, sends borrowers
reminders, returns, renewals, regulates the charging and discharging of library

119
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

materials, and library users' data, sends notices to members and defines lending
periods and membership types. Also, the module changes member records, verifies
borrowers' identities, produces books on loan and due date lists.

3.4.4 Serials Management Module

The serials management module, sometimes incorporated into the acquisition
management module, streamlines indexing database; subscription cancellation;
handling e-journals, e-databases subscriptions and renewal; budget generation of
department or section; managing articles and journal requests directly from OPAC,
among other functions. The module equally enables automated reminders, invoice
processing, and multi-location budget control activities. It is used to order new
journal or magazine issues without manually entering the details for each one. It
predicts when items are due to arrive and can generate automatic claims for items not
received.
3.4.5 Report Management Module
The report management module is an independent module that helps to keep track of
the library and its many activities to ensure an efficient operation. Although many
software packages combine reporting functions within other modules, the circulation
and cataloguing modules have a report-generating facility for stock reports. However,
a separate report module often allows for greater flexibility in the reports the system
can generate.

3.4.6 Online Public Access Catalogue

The Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) is a computer-based and supported

library catalogue designed to provide access to library holdings through a computer
terminal so library users can directly search for and retrieve bibliographic records
without a human intermediary. In some systems, the OPAC is part of the cataloguing
module. It permits searching by author, name, title, and subject using a menu-driven
or windows-style interface.

120
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 50: Online Public Access Catalogue

Source:https://itechindia.co/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/inner2-5.jpeg

3.4.7 Inter-Library Loan Management Module

The inter-library loan module generates requests for other libraries, notifying the
users of the availability of items and keeping records of item requests and loans or
returns.
3.4.8 Community Information Management Module
The community information management module provides and keeps track of the
names and addresses of contacts such as local organisations. Also, through this
module, a library can develop its database of information for public use.

3.4.9 Import/Export Management Module

This module allows the import and export of catalogue records to and from the
library’s system in United Kingdom Machine-Readable Catalogue (UKMARC)
format to other systems. For example, the Global Cataloguing Service
(GCS)SYSTEM holds records in UKMARC format.

121
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

3.4.10 Reference Service Management Module

The reference service module proves helpful in answering users’ questions and
providing the required information.
3.4.11 Barcode scanning System
Barcodes are machine-readable codes represented visually as numbers and parallel
lines on a given product for easy identification. In the library, barcoding is performed
based on the book's title, author, subject, and publication date. For book
identification, each barcode is matched with a corresponding entry in the computer
database for regular updates whenever books are issued or returned.

3.4.12 Search function Management System

The search function allows staff and students to search the library database using the
integrated library automated system. Search terms include author names, subjects, or
publishers; a search filter will define the search field based on the user's
requirements. The result will advise the user if the resource is accessible and where to
locate it.

3.4.13 Authority Control module

The authority control module links authority-controlled headings with authority
records using standardised headings. This module creates and manages MARC 21
bibliographic record headings like author, title, series, and subject.

3.4.14 Media Management Module

The media management module enables the effective management of multimedia
resources, usage tracking and the generation of different management reports. The
module allows for the scheduling, booking, searching, and tracking of multimedia
resources and oversees the management of video CDs, audio CDs, DVDs, Disks,
study rooms, conference rooms, and labs.

3.4.15 Electronic Resources Management Module

The Electronic Resources management module handles the management of electronic
resources such as e-Books, e-Journals, and licensing procedures, access, distribution
channels, record production, usage statistics, and report management.

3.4.16 Fee Management Module

The Fee management module keeps track of membership fees and manages
individual student accounts. In case of unreturned, lost, or damaged books, the
software automatically calculates the fine.

3.4.17 Database Management System (DBMS)

The database contains all library-related information, including machine-readable
cataloguing records (MARC) and patron information. Therefore, it is crucial to any
library automation project's success.

122
 LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

3.4.18 User Management Module

The user management module enables the creation of a detailed database of users
with their names, identification cards, log-in details, and passwords. In addition, the
module aids in the tracking of members’ library usage. Many users may use the
software without experiencing delays or access concerns in a multi-user environment.

Describe the structure of a library management system.

3.5. SUMMARY

Libraries rely on automated systems to manage collections and relationships with

their members. The system's unique features have enhanced the entire library
operations, allowing adequate management and dissemination of information through
the simple-to-use interface and highly available platform. Also, the maintenance of
the database by entering new books and recording borrowed books with the
respective due dates has helped the library staff and patrons experience the optimal
benefits of the system. This unit focused on the library management system vis-à-vis
its characteristics, advantages and structure.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a). All the functional modules in the library management system share a common --
-------------------------------------.
b). --------------------------------- automate essential housekeeping functions.
c). The circulation system is the -------------------------- that allows the system to
loan out and receive returned materials.
d). A report generation facility is an ------------------------ module that helps to keep
track of the library and its many activities.
e). ------------------------ is crucial to any library automation project's success.

3.6 GLOSSARY

 Library management System: This refers to an information retrieval and

storage system with software designed to manage library operations.
 Module: This refers to one of a set of separate parts that can be joined
together to form a larger object
 System: This refers to a set of things working together as parts of a
mechanism.

3.7 REFERENCES/FURTHER READING

Bhardwaj, R.K. & Shukla, R.K. (2000). A practical approach to library automation.

123
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Library Progress (International), 20:1; 1 – 11,

https://www.academia.edu/41766390/A_Practical_approach_to_library)automa
tion.

Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited.
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd
&pg=PP1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU
1CogUq237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automati
on%20software&f=false
Chow, A.S. & Bucknall, T. (2012). Library technology and user services: Planning,
integration and usability engineering. Woodhead Publishing Limited: Oxford. A
volume in Chandos Professional Series.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9781843346388500035
Ferguson, S. & Hebels, R. (2003). Library management system: An overview.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/library-management-
system.

G2 (2022). Best library management software

https://www.g2.com/categories/library-management

Gopinath, A. (2020, December 21). Why choose a library management system.

SkoolBeep Blog. https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/library-management system.

Indeed (2022). What is technical feasibility? Process and best practices.

https://in.indeed.com/career-advice/career-development/what-is-technical-
feasibility
Integrated library system. (2018, March 3). New World
Encyclopedia, https://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/p/index.php?title=Integra
ted_library_system&oldid=1009482
iTech (2021, June 16). What features should your library management system have.
iTech Blog. https://itechindia.co/blog/what-features-should-your-library-
management-system-have/
The Investopedia Team (2022, July 29). Feasibility study.
https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/feasibility-study.asp
Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.
http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf

Library and Information Science Education Network (2022, February, 19). Steps of
library automation. Library and Information Science Academic Blog.
https://www.lisedunetwork.com/steps-library-automation

124
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Lucidea (2019). The integrated library system (ILS) Primer: What is an integrated
library system. https://lucidea.com/special-libraries/the-integrated-library-
system-ils-promer/amp
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. New-Delhi. Excel Books.
https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication. New-Delhi, India.
TrustRadius (2022). Library management systems.
https://www.trustradius.com/library-management

3.8 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)

WITHIN THE CONTENT
a). Bibliographic database.
b). Library Management System.
c). Transactional module.
d). Independent.
e). Library database.

UNIT 4: SELECTION OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION SOFTWARE

UNIT STRUCTURE
125
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

4.1 Introduction
4.2 Learning Outcomes
4.3 Library Automation Software Selection
4.3.1 Options for Library Software Selection
4.4 Criteria for selecting Library Software
4.4.1 General criteria for Library Software Selection
4.4.2 Technical criteria for Library Software Selection
4.4.3 Support criteria for Library Software Selection
4.5 Library Software Selection Process
4.6 Challenges to Library Software Selection
4.7 Summary
4.8 Glossary
4.9 Reference/ Further Readings
4.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

4.1 INTRODUCTION
Software packages are versatile. Varieties of library management software are
available in the market. Some are cloud-based with integrated modules like
acquisition, cataloguing, circulation, serials control, and OPAC, while others are
independent modules meant to automate single functions. A significant aspect of the
library automation process is selecting a reliable and appropriate software package to
adequately complement the efforts of library personnel in discharging library services
and streamlining library operations to cater to the users' needs effectively and
efficiently. This unit examines the software selection options, guidelines for software
selection, criteria and the challenges associated with software selection.

4.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Identify the options for software selection;
 State the guidelines for software selection;
 State the criteria for software selection; and
 Mention the challenges to software selection.

4.3 LIBRARY AUTOMATION SOFTWARE SELECTION

Selecting the right automation software for a library can be daunting. Libraries
require software with different specifications and capabilities to manage their
collections and provide the best user experience to all stakeholders. Therefore,
choosing a software solution that fits with the library's plans for automation, factors
such as budget, the total collection, staff strength, the projected number of users,
system compatibility and organisational support (Gopinath, 2020).
4.3.1 Options for Library Software Selection
The following options could be considered for a library automation project.

126
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

a) Commercial software package acquisitions are well-documented, versatile,

skillfully produced, reliable, easy-to-use, pre-written, and off-the-shelf software
programs designed and developed for licensing or outright sale to end users, for
example, Windows.

b) Turnkey package acquisition: Turnkey package software refers to ready-to-use,

off-the-shelf software. It is usually designed to address specific needs in
industries and can be integrated into the library's procedures and operations
efficiently. An example is Microsoft Dynamics 365.

c) Subscription-based software: A subscription-based software refers to a

monthly or annual licencing model, allowing users to pay a per-user fee.
Customers typically pay an initial subscription upfront and are entitled to use the
software only during the subscription period. It is easy to upgrade subscription
software to newer versions whenever they are released.

d) In-House Software development: This refers to a software solution developed

by professionals within the organisation and strictly for use in the library.

e) Outsourcing software development: Outsourcing software development

involves commissioning a third-party service provider to handle the library's
software development projects for its exclusive use.

f) Perpetual software license model: A perpetual software license model is a type

of license that allows an individual to use a software program for an indefinite
period. Payment is usually made once at the beginning of the license term.

g) Through Library Consortium: A library consortium is a cooperative

organisation of libraries created to share resources, reciprocity, and make
information handling on different platforms easy. Through this arrangement, a
group of libraries may decide to come together, acquire software for their
libraries, and share the product key and cost of acquisition.

Describe the options available to a library for software selection.

4.4 CRITERIA FOR SELECTING LIBRARY SOFTWARE

According to Knops (2021); and Gopinath (2020), the following criteria can guide a
library’s software assessment and selection procedure.

127
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

4.4.1 General criteria for Library Software selection

These are the general requirements a library must consider when selecting an
automation system for its library operation. They include:

a. Consultation
Consult with libraries that have already automated their operations; the team will
identify the process's benefits and disadvantages by gaining first-hand knowledge of
library automation processes.
b. Cost of Ownership
Compare and consider the software's capabilities and price with the library's
requirements, the available budget, and anticipated cost savings. The actual cost of
ownership includes licensing fees based on the projected number of users, number of
modules, cost of other software, hardware implementation, maintenance, training,
and support. It is advisable to have a rough estimate of all the identified costs before
contacting a software vendor.
c. Industry expertise
Industry expertise refers to a vendor's ability to cater to a library's specific needs
based on set requirements (expectations from an automated system). A thorough
evaluation of the vendor's reputation, credibility, and product scalability is vital,
and the ability of the vendor to understand the workings of a library is crucial for
the success of the software selection exercise.

d. Product validation
Product validation involves a comprehensive review of all the available software
products and providing a detailed summary of every function and capability. Next,
narrow down the list of vendors based on the technical evaluation of their products,
request a demonstration, and ask for documents on how the system will meet your
library’s requirements.

4.4.2 Technical criteria for Library Software Selection

The following technical criteria in addition to the general selection criteria should be
considered in choosing between software packages and assessing their suitability for
library’s automation project.

a. Technical support
Technical support services can be online, by email, chats or in real-time messaging
based on the company's location. The support may include the software
manufacturer's policy on updating, upgrading or outright replacing their products,
after-sales service, training, maintenance and other sundry supports.

128
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

b. Hardware compatibility
Hardware compatibility refers to specific hardware or operating system (single or
multi-user system) requirements that will be needed to run the software. For
example, most software is programmed to work with a particular operating system,
database, and sometimes on a specific hardware platform.

c. Scalability
Scalability is the ability of software to perform, support growing amounts of data
and handle increased workloads while adding users and removing them with
minimal cost impact. Scalability enhances software performance and data security,
which is crucial and a significant cost-saver for the organization. The selection
team should consider the proposed software's scalability and ability to fit into the
library's expansion programme through the years to save costs.

d. Ease-of-use
The ease of use relates to the complexity of the software and the time required to
train the users. Therefore, it is advisable to compare the benefits of the software
program’s enhanced functionality to the cost and challenges associated with training
users on how to use it.

e. Customisation
Customisation is a service provided by software manufacturers to modify licensed
software to suit individual libraries’ requirements and specifications. Most library
software packages are built with excellent functionality and are ready for use out of
the box. However, it is advisable to avoid customisation wherever possible because
it is not easy to change a pre-configured software.

f. Functionality
Functionality has to do with the robustness of software and its ability to be
deployed for different tasks based on the library’s requirements. Take the time to
outline the library’s needs and available options before investing in software or a
subscription renewal for a known favourite. Exploring new software could give
your library a much-needed boost.

g. Capability
The automation software should be capable of performing all the functions of the
library, integrating all the different modules and allowing for interactions between
the integrated modules.

h. Flexibility
The library automation software should be flexible and easy to upgrade, such as an
open application programming interface (API) environment that allows easy
integration with other services. For instance, viewing third-party catalogues that
agree with other libraries. It should run on various platforms like servers, personal
computers, and smartphones and be compatible with the operating system.

129
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

i. Accessibility
The automation software should be easily accessible from any location with web
access / Internet connection.

4.4.3 Support criteria for Library Software Selection

Aside from the general and technical criteria already discussed, the following support
criteria should equally be considered when selecting a software solution for the
library.

a. Documentation
Detailed documentation, such as a newsletter, information bulletin, or updated
publications, must include all the developments about the software, its use, and
training references should consist of an introduction to the basic features, a list of
commands, an online help system, tutorial support, and the option to interface at
different levels based on the user experience. The document can be in hard or soft
copy format. For the training, a reference manual with the table of contents, glossary,
index and step-by-step instructions on how to use the software.

b. Installation and Maintenance

Examining the software company's after-sales support and maintenance policy
carefully vis-a-vis the system’s installation, after-sales maintenance, training,
software modification, upgrading and updating to keep up with customer needs will
attract additional charges.

c. Training
Training requirements differ based on the complexity of each software package. It is
essential to inquire with the vendors about their training and support programmes if
the exercise is provided free or at additional cost and available options vis-à-vis live
and recorded online training sessions, self-help resources, and in-person training.
There is a need to adequately train the library staff and users on how to work with
computers and use software to operate the library effectively.

d. User group support

These groups share expertise and experience in the software application, discuss
problems and limitations in using the software and present a concerted front to the
software supplier for solving problems and asking for improvements.

e. User-friendly

The library automation software package should be user-friendly such as the ability
to use after a short training and practice. Both library staff and patrons should be able
to use and understand the software. New and experienced users should find the
interface easy to use.

Note: Before making a final decision, it is advisable to try out the

130
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

software with real-world examples because the essential features of

the software, such as record entry, editing, cursor navigation,
response time, and ease of use, can only be experienced by using it.

State the criteria to consider in software selection.

4.5 LIBRARY SOFTWARE SELECTION PROCESS

Selecting a library management system is time-consuming. It requires a long-term
commitment of financial and personnel resources. Therefore, the outcome of the
needs assessment, literature review, evaluation, and comparison of existing software
packages should inform the selection decision in conjunction with the following
steps:

a. Reexamination of the needs assessment was done during the planning stage.

b. Use the knowledge gained from literature to review set priorities, staff and
user information needs, and budgets.

c. Translate the identified needs into software features needed in an automated

system.

d. Test and evaluate available software packages for the library's needs.

e. Request and study interactive software demonstration videos, but be aware

that they may be incomplete.

f. Visit libraries that have used the software under consideration to see how well
the software performs in real-world scenarios.

g. Invite a sales representative from each software company for an in-house

demonstration and interaction based on an understanding of the products
available.

h. Narrow down the options based on prior knowledge gained from literature,
previews, demonstrations, and firsthand experience with the software
packages in automated libraries, taking into account the following:

 Consider the software package’s capabilities, availability of all modules

required by the library and the ability to integrate multiple modules.

 Ensure the presence of essential features in each module corresponds to

the library's specific needs.

131
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Consider the overall software capabilities like multi-user access, Web

access, networking, client/server architecture and upgrading.

 Consider the software package's compliance with the most current

bibliographic standards (MARC21) and the information retrieval
standard (Z39.50).

 Consider the software company's update frequency, service quality,

return time, and hours of service availability.

 Consider the cost of software installation, upgrades, updates and

maintenance, vendor’s application plan, training cost and types of
training.

 Evaluate software documentation and organisation.

i. Consult with members of the automation advisory committee for feedback.

j. Develop a request for proposal (RFP) based on the needs assessment,

observatory notes, software features and company checklists, and in
consultation with colleagues whose libraries are automated. This is because it
allows you to compare and evaluate various systems and choose the one that
best meets your library’s needs.

Note: Librarians are the most knowledgeable about the collection,

users' demands, information-seeking behaviour, and administrative
conditions of their workplace. They should be a part of the selection
process. Above all,
making a good decision about library automation requires adequate
preparation from the library management.

Describe the software selection process

4.6 CHALLENGES TO LIBRARY SOFTWARE SELECTION

Selection of suitable software for library automation is a complex process usually
accompanied by challenges such as:

a. Software proliferation: Due to the proliferation of library software packages

on the market, buyers are sometimes overwhelmed by the number and variety
of available options.

b. Cost: The automation software is a one-off investment for the library.

However, comparing the software's price with the hardware it will run on, one
may discover that it is more expensive.
132
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

c. Overrating of software: Most of the claims from some software companies

about the features, capabilities, performance and ingenuity of their products in
catalogues, brochures, fliers and online are sometimes overrated, all in a bid to
confuse the buyers.

d. Purpose The inability to ascertain the purpose, simplicity, flexibility, ease of

use and compatibility of a library software at a glance can constitute a
challenge for the buyer.

e. Environment: The operating environment of the automation software could

hinder its proper operation and defeat the purpose of automation.

f. Usability: The manufacturer's claims about the software's versatility,

compatibility, interface, ease of use, and usability may not meet user
expectations.

g. Documentation: Most times, the documentation supplied with the product

may be inadequate for its installation and the user's self-help activities.

Selecting software for a library can be arduous. Discuss?

4.7 SUMMARY
Selecting software is no simple task. Choosing the right software for a library is a
long process with many factors to consider because most library management
automation systems provide similar basic functionalities. It is essential to consider
the flexibility and ease of use that places the functionality in the hands of library
users, and bearing in mind that a software product that is easy to manage and
maintain will offer a predictable implementation time frame and a lower total cost of
ownership. The selection team should remember that software selection is
complicated and that the appearance of the software vis-à-vis the packaging, names,
directories, commercial details, brochure, or visual demonstration, is never enough to
determine its inherent capabilities and disadvantages. Therefore, a good
understanding of the software features, guided by software/hardware experts, may
help the selection process.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a) ------------------------ package is off-the-shelf and ready-to-use software for
various purposes.
b) Selecting the right library management system software for a library can be a -
-------------------------.
c) The library automation software should be ----------------and easy to upgrade.
d) ------------------------ involves familiarisation with the software package, run

133
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

procedures, and the sequence of operations needed to operate a new system.

e) Most Library Management software either are -------------or ---------------based

4.8 GLOSSARY
 Criteria: This refers to a standard or principle for judging, evaluating, or
selecting something.
 Software: This refers to a set of instructions, data or programs used to operate
computers and execute specific tasks.

4.9 REFERENCE/FURTHER READINGS

Bansod, J., Katole, M., Sipani,S., Karmore, A., Kalwala,U. & Khanzode, P.C.
(2022). Library management software. International Journal of Creative
Research Thoughts, 10(5), 260 -264. http:// www.ijcrt.org

Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited.
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd
&pg=PP1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU
1CogUq237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automati
on%20software&f=false

Chauhan, G.S. (2016). Criteria to select library automation software. Cosmos: An

International Journal of Management, 5(2), 1-5.
https://www.cosmosjournal.in/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/final-GC-Chauhan-
2.pdf
Chow, A.S. & Bucknall, T. (2012). Library technology and user services: Planning,
integration and usability engineering. Woodhead Publishing Limited. A volume
in Chandos Professional Series.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9781843346388500035
Corporater (2022). Software selection guide: Practical tips to help guide your
software vendor evaluation process and RFP writing.
https://corporater.com/software-selection-guide/
Frankel, S. (ed.) (1984). Computer Science and Technology: Introduction to software
packages – NBS Special Publication 500-114. National Bureau of Standards,
Washington. https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/GOVPUBC13-
12c60ab743e7ac7bf180dc23324d22fc/pdf/GOVPUB-C-13
Gopinath, A. (2020, December 21). Why choose a library management system?
SkoolBeep Blog. https://www.skoolbeep.com/blog/library-management system
Knops, M. (2021, April). Software selection process and criteria. Software Advisory
Blog. https://blog.software-advisory.com/software-selection-process-and-
criteria

134
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Knops, M. (2021, July). Seven key phases of software selection. Software Advisory
Blog.https://blog.software-advisory.com/seven-key-phases-of-software-
selection.
Koha support.com (2022). 7 key features of an integrated library system.
https://kohasupport.com/7-key-features-of-an-integrated-library-system/
Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.
http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf

Lucidea (2019). The integrated library system (ILS) Primer: What is an integrated
library system. https://lucidea.com/special-libraries/the-integrated-library-
system-ils-promer/amp/
MasterSoft (2022). Library management system. MasterSoft Blog.
https://www.mastersofterp.com/product/library-management-system.aspx
Muniraja, A. (2021). Library Automation: An Introduction. International Journal of
Research in Library Science, 7(2), 192-198. https://www.ijrls.in/wp-
content/uploads/2021/06/ijrls-1413.pdf

Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. New-Delhi. Excel Books.

https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.

Quora.com (2022). What are the features of the library management system
software? https://www.quora.com/What-are-the-features-of-the-library-
management-system-software
Rauhl, K. (2020). Software selection criteria template to choose the right software.
GetApp Blog. https://www.getapp.com/resources/software-selection-criteria-
template/
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication.
Tahil, S.K. & Chairperson, C.S. (2022). Library automation: An emerging
technology for state university and colleges in Sulu Province. Natural Sciences
Engineering & Technology Journal, 2(1), 85 -89.
https://doi.org/10.37275/nasetjournal.v2i1.16

4.10 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S) WITHIN

THE CONTENT
a). Turnkey.
b). Challenging.
c). Flexible.
d). Training.
e). Cloud and Web.

135
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

MODULE THREE: AUTOMATED SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION AND

PROCESSES

Unit 1 System Requirements for Library Automation.

Unit 2 Library Automation Process.
Unit 3 Library Automated System Implementation.
Unit 4 Training in Library Automation.
Unit 5 Funding for Library Automation.

Unit 1: System Requirements for Library Automation

UNIT STRUCTURE
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Learning Outcomes
1.3 System requirements for Library Automation
1.3.1 Hardware requirements for library automation system implementation
1.3.1.1 System requirements for hardware installation
1.3.2 System requirements for Software programme
1.3.3 System requirements for a Library Management System
1.4 Hardware Configuration of Automated System
1.4.1 Non-networked Hardware configuration
1.4.1.1 Advantages of non-networked configuration
1.4.1.2 Disadvantages of non-networked configuration
1.4.2 Networked Hardware configuration
1.4.2.1 Local Area Network-based Hardware Configurations
1.4.2.2 Wide Area Network-based Hardware Configurations
1.5 Computer Architecture
1.5.1 Client / Server Architecture
1.5.1.1 Types of Client/Server Architecture
1.5.1.1.1 Two-tier Architecture
1.5.1.1.2 Three-tier Architecture
1.5.1.1.3 Thin Client Architecture
1.5.1.2 Advantages of a Client/Server Architecture
1.5.1.3 Disadvantages of Client/Server architecture
1.6 Summary
1.7 Glossary
1.8 References/Further Readings
1.9 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

1.1 INTRODUCTION

System requirements list thesoftware programs or hardware devices required to

operate the program (Computer Hope, 2021). The most common requirements

136
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

defined by an operating system are the hardware with the following requirements: its
architecture, processing power, memory, secondary storage, display adapter, and
peripherals. For example, an iPhone may require a specific operating system to run
an app. Before investing in a software solution or hardware device, it is advisable to
check the requirements, which are usually printed on the packaging to ensure
compatibility. This unit focuses on the system requirements and library automation's
system selection decision process.

1.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define system requirements;
 Describe the system requirements for library automation;
 Mention the types of hardware configuration;
 State the advantages of hardware configuration;
 List the disadvantages of hardware configuration;
 Define computer architecture;
 Describe the types of computer architecture; and
 Describe the system selection decision process.

1.3 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

System requirements are the specifications a device must have to effectively use
specific hardware or software (Christenson, 2020). The software manufacturer
recommends these vital physical computer resources as prerequisites for the proper
installation and optimal functioning of library automation software. The library
management system defines the requirement for operations, users, and the required
interface to achieve a successful interface, learns about users' interaction with the
interface, and the processes carried out for the users to access the library database
from any location with Internet facilities. However, failure to meet these stipulated
guidelines can result in installation and performance problems, such as preventing a
device or application from getting installed, causing the system to malfunction, or
performing below expectation (Christenson, 2020; Techopedia, 2015).

Figure 51: Windows 7 System Requirements

Source: https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/s/system-requirements.jpg

137
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.3.1 Hardware requirements for Library Automation System implementation

Hardware requirements are the requirements of a hardware device required for
successfully installing software solutions. Most computer hardware has guidelines
for operating system compatibility (Computer Hope, 2022). Also, the hardware
requirements are a statement that identifies the functionality needed by a system to
meet users' requirements and reduce implementation costs (Siedle, 2015).
The majority of the library software packages are cloud-based. The hardware
required will include client computers, servers, networking devices, printers,
scanners, UPS and other peripherals to support the system's operation. In defining
hardware parameters for a library automation system, it is vital to consider that each
software solution has its proper installation and performance guidelines. Therefore, it
is recommended that the hardware that exceeds the minimum specifications required
for the automation should be purchased so that the hardware will accommodate
future software enhancements and developments. However, if the computers in place
meet the minimum requirements but fail to meet the suggested requirements, the
computer(s) can be upgraded.
Table 3: System requirements for Library Automation
Component Hardware Requirements
 Processor Intel Core i7
 RAM 16GB
 Hard Disk Drive 1 – 2 TB, depending on the size of the library.
 Monitor “18.5” FHD LED
 Operating System WINDOWS 10 Professional 64 Bits
 Server Router
1TB SSD (Solid State Drive)
 Secondary
memory
 Database Server
Source: https://www.educba.com/types-of-cpu/?source=leftnav

Table 4: System Requirements for Library Management System

Single user Multi-user Client

 Processor: Intel Core i5  Processor: Intel Core i7  Processor: Intel Core i7

 RAM: 8 GB (32-bit)  RAM: 16 GB (64-bit)  RAM: 16 GB (64- bit)
 Monitor: Coloured LED  Monitor: Coloured LED  Monitor: Colour LED
 Hard Disk Drive: 1 TB/  Hard Disk Drive: 2 TB  Hard Disk Drive 2 TB
 SSD (Solid State Drives  SSD (Solid State Drive)  SSD (Solid State Drive)
 Operating System:  Operating System  Operating System:
Windows XP/2000 /7 /8.1 Windows XP/ 2000/ Windows XP/2000 /7 /8.1

138
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Ports (Ethernet /USB) 2003/2008/  Ports (Ethernet /USB)

 Wireless connectivity  Server: Windows 2012  Wireless connectivity
Server
 Database Server
(MSSQ2)
 Internet Information
Server
 Ports (Ethernet /USB)
 Wireless connectivity

Source: http://www.librarysoftware.in/library-automation-librarian-
systemreq.html

State hardware system requirement for an automated system?

1.3.1.1 System Requirements for Hardware Installation

System requirements for hardware are the configuration a system must have for a
hardware or software application to run smoothly and efficiently (Techopedia, 2015).
For example, the minimum system requirements for hardware installation for library
automation are:
a. Operating System: This computer program explicitly manages the allocation
of computer resources, among other programs. Examples are Windows XP,
Unix and Ubuntu.
b. Ports: This is a communication endpoint that connects devices in a wired
local area network or wide area network. For example, USB and Ethernet.
c. Wireless connectivity: This is telecommunication and data transmission
without wires. Examples include Wi-Fi, mobile networks, and Bluetooth.
d. Graphic Processing Unit (GPU): This refers to a programmable processor
dedicated to rendering all images on the computer's screen (minimum for
displays and graphic hardware).

Discuss the basic system requirements for hardware installation.

1.3.2 System requirements for Software programme

System requirements for software are the required specifications an automated
system must have to use specific hardware (TechTerms, 2022). In addition to the
basic requirements, software requirements often specify additional software
dependencies, such as libraries, drivers, and framework versions (Techopedia,
2022). For example, in conjunction with the following capability features added to a
library management system:
 International Standards protocols (MARC21, Z39.50, AACR2);
 Modules for acquisition, cataloguing, circulation, serials, reports, OPAC;
 Barcode scanner / Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Technology;

139
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 UNICODE technology for multiuser, multi-currencies and multi-lingual to

manage any type or size of library, a standard library management system
enhanced with the following capabilities.
The minimum system requirements for the Software program are as follows:

Table 5: Minimum System requirement for Software Program

Component Specification
 Operating System  Windows 10.
 Minimum CPU / Processor speed  2.8 GHz or faster processor.
 Minimum GPU / Video memory  Nvidia GeForce GTX 1660 /Quadro
 Minimum system memory T1000.
 Minimum free storage space  RAMDisk storage 4GB of free disk
space.
 Monitor resolution  1920x1080 LED Coloured.
 Audio hardware  Sound card, Speakers.
 Internet  Software activation.

Source: Christenson (2020)

State the minimum system requirement of a software programme.

1.3.3 System Requirements for a Library Management System

The minimum system requirements for an integrated library system such as Koha,
with features such as client-server architecture, bibliographic standard protocols for
information exchanging (with and outside the library premises), and facilitating the
integration of outside information sources into local systems are as follows:
Table 6: Minimum Hardware / Software / Manpower System requirement for
Library Management System
Component Specification
 Hardware Processor  Intel core i7 Processor.
 RAM  16 GB.
 Hard Disk Drive  1 TB.
 Secondary storage  High-speed SSD Drive.
 Monitor  “18.5” FHD LED.
 Operating System  Any flavour of Linux Operating
System such as Ubuntu or Fedora, for
installation on Linux.
 Software  Windows 10 Professional 64-bit
Service pack 2 or 3 for higher
installation of Koha on windows.
 Server computer  Server class computer for Koha
installation in libraries with excellent

140
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

IT infrastructure.
 Internet configuration  A high-speed dedicated Internet link /
Wireless connectivity.
 Workstation PC  For large libraries that want heavy-
duty performance machines. Better
than Desktop PC in terms of
performance and durability.
 Cloud computing Access  Through cloud service providers like
Amazon or Google for the software
installation.
 Ports  Ethernet / USB.
 Manpower  Professionals with expertise in Linux
Operating system and knowledge of
LAN.

Sources: https://www.educba.com/types-of-cpu/?source=leftnav
http://www.librarysoftware.in/library-automation-librarian-
systemreq.html
Lopez (2015)

1.4 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION OF AUTOMATED SYSTEM

Hardware configuration is the details and system resource settings assigned to a
particular device. It refers to the specific hardware and software details in terms of
devices attached, capacity and precisely what the system is made up of. To enhance
the performance of hardware, the configurations can be adjusted. There are two main
categories of hardware configuration. These are:

1.4.1 Non-networked Hardware configuration

A non-networked configuration includes one or more computer stations that operate
independently. The automation software is installed and updated on each computer's
hard disk, ensuring that individual computer has everything required to perform
automated functions. This hardware setup is suitable for libraries that wish to begin
automation with a single module (such as the Circulation module) or small libraries
with a limited collection, financial resources and few users. It is important to note
that standalone hardware and a standalone software configuration are different. A
standalone software configuration denotes a non-integrated software program.

1.4.1.1 Advantages of non-networked configuration

The following are the advantages of a non-networked hardware configuration:
a) Cost: Non-networked hardware configuration is cost-effective compared to setting
up a local area network in a library. It is a better option for a small library with a
limited collection and financial resources

141
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

b) Efficient. The services and operations of a non-networked configuration are

efficient since each computer functions independently. The failure of one
computer will not affect the operation of the others.
c) Update: In a non-networked configuration, each database resides on the hard disk
of individual computer systems in the library, so updating the database to a new
version of the software will not pose any problem.

1.4.1.2 Disadvantages of non-networked configuration

Some of the identified disadvantages of non-networked configuration are as follows:
a) Expensive to maintain: It is costly to maintain because the automation
software must be installed and updated on each computer station individually,
as opposed to being accessed from a server, thereby increasing the cost of the
software

b) Time-consuming: Software updates are performed on individual computer

stations separately. The more computer stations there are, the longer it takes to
install and update the software. Also, problem diagnosis and troubleshooting,
especially when more than one or two computer systems are experiencing
downtime, can be frustrating and time-consuming.

Briefly explain non-networked hardware configuration.

1.4.2 Networked Hardware configuration
Networked hardware configuration refers to a network arrangement /setup that
requires a client/server network architecture. There are two types of this
configuration.

1.4.2.1 Local Area Network-based Hardware Configuration

A local area network (LAN) is a collection of devices connected to one physical
location. In a LAN-based configuration, the automated software resides on the LAN
server of the library and is wholly for the use of the library. All the processing tasks,
such as circulation and import of MARC records, are performed locally.

A. Advantages of LAN-based Hardware Configuration

The advantages of LAN-based hardware configuration are as follows:
a. The library has total control of its database, installing, updating, and
upgrading the automated software.

b. Users can easily access the library collection because cataloguing records are
downloaded locally.

c. Troubleshooting and diagnosing computer system problems is fast when there

is an in-house IT expert.

142
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

d. Easy updating of the library’s OPAC locally is equally accessible on the web.

B Disadvantages of LAN-based Configuration

Some of the identified disadvantages of LAN-based hardware configuration are:
a. Users only have access to a limited library collection because they can only
see the local holdings.

b. Library personnel are saddled with software installation, system

troubleshooting, database backup, Server and database maintenance
responsibilities.

c. Users have access to only the library collection. Although therefore, they
cannot see the holdings of other libraries except in WAN-based
configuration; if they are not adequately skilled in the art of information
retrieval, problems may arise.
State the advantages and disadvantages of LAN-based hardware
configuration.
1.4.2.2 Wide Area Network-based Hardware Configurations
A wide area network (WAN) is a computer network that exists over a large-scale
geographical area. In a WAN-based hardware configuration environment, the library
automated software is kept in a central place on a WAN server, and most processing
tasks are done there. This makes the library automated software to be remotely
accessible to each library in the wide area network. The union catalogue is an
example of a shared automated system that operates over a wide area network.

A. Advantages of WAN-based Configurations

A wide area network is a network of networks. The advantages of a WAN-based
hardware configuration are as follows:
b. In a WAN-based configuration automated system, users have access to the
holdings of multiple libraries.

c. Users with adequate information retrieval skills can search both the local
and union catalogues over the WAN.

d. The availability of a union catalogue over the WAN makes it possible for
users to access a rich collection, and they can issue an automated
interlibrary loan form to request an item when the feature is available
online.

d. Access to the WAN-based automated system to bibliographic standard

protocols such as the Online Computer Library Centre (OCLC) will reduce
the time spent doing original cataloguing because copy cataloguing can be
performed easily over the network.

143
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

e. Proper training of centrally cataloguing staff over the WAN-based

automated system may result in the generation of higher quality MARC
records and consistency in In-house cataloguing material.

f. The installation, updating and upgrading of automated software in a WAN-

based environment are more cost-effective than in a LAN-based
environment.

B Disadvantages of WAN-based Hardware Configurations

Disadvantages of WAN-based configurations are:
a. A reliable and fast telecommunication connection is required in a shared
automated system over a WAN-based environment. Anytime a disruption
occurs over the connection, quick access to information may be truncated due
to the volume of traffic recorded on the communication highway.

b. Whenever there is downtime over the network, all the client computers linked
to servers in the central location will be affected. This will make help to be far
away from the users, and the library personnel may not be unable to seek
assistance from neighbouring libraries due to the disruption.

c. If users are not properly skilled in the art of information retrieval and the
ability to identify information from their local system, learning to use a shared
automated system in a WAN-based environment may be difficult because the
shared system may have additional features that a local system does not have.
State the disadvantages of WAN-based hardware configurations.

1.5 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Computer architecture refers to a set of rules and methods describing computer
functionality, management and implementation (Tutorialspoint, 2021). Computer
architecture is the design of computers, data storage devices, and networking
components that store and execute programs, convey data, and facilitate
communication between computers, across networks, and with people (Britannica,
2022). In other words, computer architecture balances a computer system's
performance, efficiency, cost and reliability and design the rules by which a system
performs and operates. For example, the best architecture for a networked
configuration is the client/server architecture, regardless of the type of hardware
configuration a library may adopt.

1.5.1 Client / Server Architecture

Client/Server architecture is a computing model in which multiple components
communicate in strictly defined roles, and the server hosts deliver and manage most

144
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

of the client's resources and services (Techopedia, 2020). In a client/server

architecture, the computing environment shares application processing between a
client’s computer and the application server. Also, the server is a dedicated, high-end
computer station used to maximise client requests, provide access to files,
applications, and network communications, perform database management,
information retrieval, and transaction processing tasks.
Furthermore, Client computers provide an interface allowing a computer user to
request services from the server and display the request's outcome. Therefore, servers
deliver access to files, applications and network communications while the client
handle screen formatting, resulting in display and other input/output related to
specific tasks. For example, a LAN may contain multiple servers such as application
servers, file servers, Web servers, e-mail servers, and print servers. For optimally
integrated library automated system performance, client/server architecture is the
best.

Figure 52: Client/server architecture

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Client%E2%80%93server_model

1.5.1.1 Types of Client/Server Architecture

Client/Server Architecture is a distributed computing system where tasks are shared
between the server computer and the software on the client computer (Harrington,
2016). Types of Client/Server architecture are as follows:

1.5.1.1.1 Two-tier Client / Server Architecture

A two-tier architecture is a software architecture in which a presentation layer or
interface operates on a client (desktop computer), and a data layer/structure gets
stored on a server (provider) (Techopedia, 2022). In this type, the client's program
runs the output code and handles application processing, such as data manipulation,
screen formatting, and input/output-related task, while the server's database

145
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

management system handles database processing. This type performs better in a local
area network (LAN) setting.
1.5.1.1.2 Three-tier Architecture Client/Server Architecture
A three-tier architecture is a client-server architecture in which the functional process
logic, data access, computer data storage, and user interface are developed and
maintained as independent modules on separate platforms (Techopedia, 2021). In a
three-tier design, part of the application logic runs on the client (the interface), which
are desktop computer with processing power, while the other half runs on the server.
As a result, the system handles high-volume transactions, and more servers speed up
network data transmission. Three-tier systems may be appropriate in a WAN
environment as they are used to access and operate application software like word
processing, web page development, and other tasks that necessitate using hard disk
storage.

1.5.1.1.3 Thin Client Architecture

Thin Client architecture (lean client) is a virtual desktop computing model that runs
on the resources stored on a central server instead of a computer's resources (Gillis,
2022). They are computer terminals (not desktop computers) that perform minimal or
no data processing. The client solely processes keyboard input and output to the
screen while the server performs all application processing duties. Thin clients are
utilised in a client/server architecture to reduce the expense of networked personal
computers. Also, a thin client can be coupled with a "thick" or "fat" client in a
network. They are used as email, Web, and/or OPAC stations.

Describe the different types of Client / Server architecture.

1.5.1.2 Advantages of a Client/Server Architecture

The advantages of a client/server architecture are many. It includes:

a. Scalability: The client/server architecture is highly scalable. The design can

handle the increasing tasks by adding resources to the system (small and large
applications). A small and very large library system implementation can be
configured using the same software and more server power.

b. Clients and servers are independent of the network structure (e.g., Ethernet,
token ring) and can run on various computer platforms (PCs).

c. A client may establish a connection to one or more servers (e.g., an OPAC

server, a Web server, an e-mail server), while a server may connect to multiple
clients simultaneously.

146
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

d. There is less network traffic and fewer tasks for the server to handle because
the Graphical User Interface (GUI) software is on the client's computer. The
client controls input/output, data manipulation tasks, and screen display
reformatting.

e. Users have immediate access to new items added to the collection anytime the
automation software on servers and clients are updated.

f. Users can access the OPAC remotely if their client computers have a modem
with reliable Internet connections.

g. The ability of the users to share computer peripherals e.g. printers saves
hardware costs.

Discuss the advantages of Client/Server architecture.

1.5.1.3 Disadvantages of Client/Server Architecture

Though the advantages of a client/server architecture are many, some of the

disadvantages are as follows:

a. In a client/server setup, LAN/WAN hardware and software are more

expensive than stand-alone.

b. Each client computer in a network must have client software installed and
updated.

c. In a WAN setting, installing and upgrading client software on all machines

can be a nightmare.

d. Server and network failures can make a client/server system inoperable

because the server cannot be reached.

e. Numerous requests from a particular client may hinder and cause every
other network client to wait very long for a response.

f. Data transmission speed and quality in a LAN or WAN environment

depend on the network cables used (e.g., coaxial, twisted pair, fibre optics),
the network architecture (e.g., Ethernet, token ring, FDDI), and the design
(two-tier, three-tier, or thin client).

g. Remote access to the OPAC is delayed when telephone lines are occupied,
which may distress users. Lack of access will frustrate the users and
interfere with the efficiency that automation is supposed to introduce.

147
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

h. Implementing, operating, and maintaining a client/server system is

expensive. For example, the cost of networking computer systems and
servers is very high because it requires high-end servers, a licensing fee,
and a networking card for each client, among other things.

i. Downtime can frustrate both users and staff, thus, affecting automation's
goal of efficiency.

j. Client/server maintenance and troubleshooting require networking

abilities. Librarians without this understanding must pay for experienced
staff or consultants.

State the disadvantages of Client /Server architecture.

1.6 SUMMARY
An automated library system is a software developed to handle essential
housekeeping functions of a library. The system interfaces with the requirements to
achieve a successful interface. It interfaces with some hardware, such as a barcode
scanner, computer, and printer, to function correctly through a computer network for
effective and efficient library operation. Consequently, the automation system helps
library staff with their work; it organises and monitors all library-related materials
and data systems to ensure a seamless workflow.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate.
a. Hardware configuration is the details and ------------------------settings assigned to a
particular device.
b. ------------------------------ hardware configuration comprises one or more stand-
alone microcomputers.
c. A ------------------------is an example of a shared automated system that operates
over a wide area network.?
d. System requirements for software are the required -----------------------an automated
system must have to use specific software.
e. -------------------------, --------------------------, and --------------------- are types of
Client /Server architecture?
f. ----------------------- is a communication endpoint that connects devices in a
networked area.
g Most computer hardware has laid down guidelines for -----------------------------------
---------------- compatibility.
h. ------------------------------ and ---------------------------- are categories of hardware
configuration.?
i. ------------------------------- to a set of rules and methods that describes the
functionality.
j. Another name for thin client is -----------------------------------

148
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.7 GLOSSARY
 Automated system: This refers to software developed to handle essential
housekeeping functions of a library.
 Computer architecture refers to a set of rules and methods describing
computer functionality, management and implementation.
 Hardware configuration: Hardware configuration is the details and system
resource settings assigned to a particular device.
 Local Area Network: A local area network (LAN) is a collection of devices
connected in one physical location, such as a building,
 Thin Client architecture: Thin Client architecture or lean client is a virtual
desktop computing model that runs on the resources stored on a central server
instead of a computer's resources.
 Three-tier architecture refers to a client-server architecture in which the
functional process logic, data access, computer data storage and user interface
are developed and maintained as independent modules on separate platforms.
 Two-tier architecture refers to a software architecture in which a
presentation layer or interface operates on a client (desktop computer), and a
data layer/structure gets stored on a server (provider).
 Wide Area Network: A wide area network is a telecommunications network
that extends over a large geographic area.

1.8 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Belford, G. G. & Tucker, A. (2022). Computer science: Architecture and
organisation. Encyclopedia Britannica.
https://www.britannica.com/science/computer-science
Bhardwaj, R.K. & Shukla, R.K. (2000). A practical approach to library automation.
Library Progress (International), 20(1), 1–11,
https://www.academia.edu/41766390/A_Practical_approach_to_library
automation.
Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited.
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd
&pg=PP1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU
1CogUq237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automati
on%20software&f=false

Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer

based-approach. 2nd edition. Libraries Unlimited.
Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2022). Client-server architecture.
Encyclopedia Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/technology/client-server-
architecture

149
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Chai, W., Irei, A. & Burke, J. (2021). What is ethernet?

https://www.techtarget.com/searchnetworking/definition/Ethernet
Christenson, P. (2020). System requirements definition.
https://techterms.com/definition/system_requirements
Cio-wili (2021). What is client-server architecture https://cio-
wiki.org/wiki/Client_Server_Architecture
Computer Hope (2021, July 6) System requirements.
https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/s/systrequ.htm
Davis, Z. (2022). Definition of graphic processing unit.
https://www.pcmag.com/encyclopedia/term/gpu
Egyankosh.ac.in (2022). Historical perspective: Need and purpose.
https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/25548/1/Unit-1.pdf
Gillis, A.S. (2022) Thin client (lean client) definition. TechTarget Blog.
https://www.techtarget.com/searchnetworking/definition/thin-client
Harrington, J.L. (2016). Relational database design and implementation. 4th edition.
Elsever Inc.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9780128043998000016?via
%3Dihub
Hemmendinger, D. (n.d). Operating system. Encyclopedia Britannica.
https://www.britannica.com/technology/operating-system
Hirwade, M & Hirwade, A.W. (2009). ProQuest Ebook Central,
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/libinstitute-
ebooks/detail.action?docID=3011269.
Kohageek.blogspot.com (2022). Hardware selection for Koha installation.
http://kohageek/blogspot.com/2019/09/hardware-selection.-for-koha-
installation.html?m=1
Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.
http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf
Librarianship Studies and Information Technology (2020, June 28th). Library
automation. Librarianship Studies and Information Technology Blog
https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2017/10/library-automation.html?m=1.
Lopez, P. (2015). Delnet launches technical support system for Koha
https://demo.publicknowledgeproject.org/pkpschool/ojs2/index.php/jjah/article/d
ownload/64/33
Mukhopathyaj, P. (2017). Unit 1: Introduction to automation.
https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/35926/5/Unit-1.pdf
Prajapati, F. (2020). Selection of hardware and software for library automation.
International Journal of Library and Information Studies, 10(3), 146-151.

150
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

https://www.ijlis.org/articles/selection-of-hardware-and-software-for-library-
automation.pdf
Sadaf, F. (2015). Application and utility of OPAC in Maulana Azad Library.
http://ir.amu.ac.in/id/eprint/3218
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication.
Siedle, J. (2015). Inf Sys 6840: Information system analysis
https://www.umsl.edu/~sauterv/analysis/F2015/System%20Requirements.html.ht
m
Techopedia Inc (2022). What are system requirements?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/system-requirements
Techopedia Inc (2022). What is two-tier architecture?
https://www.technopedia.com/definition/467/two-tier-architecture
Techopedia Inc (2022) What is client/server architecture?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/438/clientserver-architecture
Techopedia Inc (2015, August 4). System requirements: What does system
requirements mean? https://www.techopedia.com/definition/4371/system-
requirements.
Techopedia Inc (2021, January 15). Three-tier architecture.
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/24649/three-tier-architecture
Tutorialspoint (2021, November 30). What is computer architecture.
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/what-is-computer-architecture
Vyawhare, A. (2021, March 10). Library management software requirements for best
efficiency. MasterSoft Blog. https://www.iitms.co.in/blog/library-management-
software-requirements.html

1.9 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)

WITHIN THE CONTENT
a. System resource.
b. Non-networked
c. Union catalogue.
d. Specifications.
e. Two-tier, Three-tier, and Thin Client Architecture.
f. Ports.
g. Operating system.
h. Non-networked and Networked
i. Computer Architecture.
j. Lean Client.

151
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

UNIT 2 THE LIBRARY AUTOMATION PROCESS

UNIT STRUCTURE

2.1 Introduction
2.2 Learning Outcomes
2.3 Automation System Implementation Plan
2.3.1 Collection preparation
2.3.1.1 Weeding
2.3.1.2 Take Inventory
2.3.1.3 Shelflist analysis
2.3.2 Bibliographic Formats and Standards
2.3.2.1 Machine Readable Cataloguing Standard (MARC 21)
2.3.2.2 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR)
2.3.2.3 International Standard Bibliographic Description (ISBD)
2.3.2.4 Z39.50 Standard
2.3.3 Retrospective Conversion
2.3.3.1 Retrospective Conversion Specifications
2.3.3.2 Methods of Retrospective Conversion
2.3.3.3 Challenges of Retrospective Conversion
2.3.4 Barcoding the Collection
2.3.4.1 Types of Barcodes
2.3.5 Spine Label
2.4 Summary
2.5 Glossary
2.6 References/Further Reading
2.7 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) Within the Content
2.1 INTRODUCTION
The system implementation plan is the hub for all planning activities associated with
developing and implementing a library management information system. The
implementation process involves installing and using the new system, which is vital
to completing the automation project. This phase should be handled with utmost care
to prevent errors that could mar the automated system's performance. In the previous
unit, we examined the system requirements, hardware configuration and computer
architecture required to install an automated system in the library. A clear

152
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

understanding of these concepts is a prerequisite to a successful implementation. This

unit, therefore, focuses on activities in library automation implementation.

2.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Describe the automated system implementation plan;
 Discuss the activities in the system implementation process;
 Outline collection preparation process;
 Describe bibliographic format and standards;
 Highlight the retrospective conversion process;
 State the methods of retrospective conversion;
 Describe the barcoding of collections; and
 Mention types of barcodes.

2.3 AUTOMATION SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

The system implementation plan is the most crucial stage in library automation. This
refers to procedures to complete the design in the approved document, test, install,
and begin using the new or amended system (Open University of Hong Kong, 2016).
The automated system implementation plan is about the physical design of an
information system, ensuring that the system is operational, used, and meets the
quality assurance standard expected of a library management system. Therefore, the
implementation plan involves putting the new automated system in place, making it
operational and functional (Saharan, 2014). Activities in the library automation
implementation plan are as follows:

2.3.1 Collection preparation

Collection preparation is a crucial step in the retrospective conversion of the library’s
collection from a manual to an automated system. The following are the activities
involved in collection preparation:

2.3.1.1 Weeding
Weeding is an essential component of a library's collection management system,
often related to the organisation's goals and mission. Weeding involves the removal
and appropriate discharge of items that no longer meet the needs of the patrons from
the library's collection based on appearance, condition, content, age, relevancy, and
duplicates, aside from materials of archival, classical and historical value (American
Library Association, 2017; Bilal, 2002). It is one of the very vital library activities
because it saves time and money, makes it easier to browse the collection, saves shelf
space, removes outdated materials and prevents library staff from keeping unwanted
items in the library. Accordingly, a library's collection development policy on
weeding guides library staff when preparing a collection for retrospective conversion.

2.3.1.2 Take Inventory

153
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Inventory is a process that compares the information in the item record with the
physical materials on the shelf. The library needs to organise a detailed library
collection inventory to identify items without shelf list cards and the materials for
which cards are missing. After discarding old items during the wedding, a new
inventory of items kept should be completed. Inventory serves as a record with which
stocktaking may be done to find missing items by checking the accession number of
each book on the shelf against the shelflist, which should match what books are on
the shelf. The importance of shelflist is ensuring that the call number assigned to a
particular material is unique and maintaining the file's integrity. A good inventory
will ensure the new system is accurate and help with future inventories and audits.

2.3.1.3 Shelflist analysis

Shelflist , also referred to as the master catalogue, is a file of bibliographic records
arranged by call number, with the entries arranged like materials on the shelves. The
shelflist analysis requires knowing what to include in the new collection that will be
automated. The site needs to be prepared (shelving, tags), and the final number of
items for automation needs to be determined. Also, shelflist analysis is done to
ascertain the completeness and accuracy of the shelflist, any variations in, and
consistency of all the collections’ call numbers, their physical locations, and prefixes.
All materials to be converted must have shelf list cards, which should be complete
and accurate. A standardised shelf list promotes uniformity and consistency, and
makes information retrieval more effective, especially in a union catalogue
environment.
In analysing the shelflist, ensure that each card contains the following information:
 Accurate bibliographic details such as author, title, and publication
information;
 A call number and a standard prefix, for example, R or REF, for Reference;
 Number of copies and volumes held for multi-volume items for barcode
generation;
 Complete bibliographic information, including subject headings, ISBN,
LCCN.

Describe the activities involved in collection preparation in readiness for

the library management system implementation.

2.3.2 Bibliographic Formats and Standards

Bibliographic standards are one of the essential standards for librarians. It provides
basic information to assist all library users in locating required resources and guides
bibliographic and holdings information in World Cat’s machine-readable cataloguing
records (Bilal, 2014). The standards include tagging, conventions, input standards,
and guidelines for getting started in a cooperative environment. Bibliographic
standards focus on providing bibliographic data in machine-readable form to
facilitate the technical processing of acquisition, cataloguing and sharing of these
data among libraries (Wiggins, 1988). The primary purpose of all the standards is to

154
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

allow libraries to share automated catalogues and transfer records from one
automated system to another. It also ensures the format and content of a database are
based on recognised bibliographic standards such as MARC, ISBD, AACR2 and
Z39.50. Therefore, adhering to standards eliminates redundant efforts and help
reduce cataloguing cost, especially in a resource-sharing environment. The standards
include the following:

2.3.2.1 Machine Readable Cataloguing Standard (MARC 21)

Machine Readable Cataloguing Standard (MARC 21) is an integrated format
developed and maintained by the Library of Congress to identify and describe
different bibliographic materials, and store and communicate cataloguing data
(Library of Congress 2022). According to Bilal (2014), MARC 21 is a standard
format for exchanging data with a local database, allowing electronic access to the
catalogue and automated circulation using the patron’s and item’s barcodes. In
addition, MARC is a standard used for the representation and communication of
bibliographic and related information for books and other library materials in
machine-readable form and their communication to and from other computers
(David, 2006). Therefore, MARC 21 specifications are defined for books, serials,
computer files, maps, music, visual materials, and mixed material. The format also
allows libraries to:
 Describe resources in the format that will enable the library to print correctly,
display, and catalogue records.
 Search for, and retrieve certain types of information within specific fields.
 Have a standard format that makes sharing bibliographic resources with other
libraries possible.
 Easily migrate into another library system.

2.3.2.2 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR)

The Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR) describes various materials,

including a comprehensive set of rules and guidelines for producing metadata in a
surrogate record to represent library resources (Bilal, 2014). AACR is used to create
catalogues and other lists in libraries of all sizes, maintain consistency in cataloguing
and enhance information retrieval. In addition, it provides instructions for describing
library materials and access points for the creators of the materials. Thus, it is
essential and the most widely used cataloguing code for the descriptive cataloguing
of various types of information resources by libraries in the United States, Great
Britain, Canada, and Australia (Haider, 2021).

2.3.2.3 International Standard Bibliographic Description (ISBD)

The International Standard Bibliographic Description (ISBD) is a standard produced
and maintained by the International Federation of Library Associations (IFLA) to
provide consistency when sharing bibliographic information. ISBD is a concise,
easily understood set of rules and a human-readable representation of a bibliographic
record without knowing the language of the resource(s) (Bilal, 2014). ISBD's primary

155
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

concern is resource descriptions rather than access points or authority control. In

addition, ISBD is a standard that specifies eight description elements for various
types of materials; it regularises the form and content of bibliographic descriptions;
and a punctuation system to record the data elements in a specific sequence as the
basis of the catalogued resource's description (IFLA, 2022).

2.3.2.4 Z39.50 Standard

Z39.50 is a national and international protocol standard used primarily by the library
and information-related systems. Z39.50 Standard specifies a client/server
application layer-based communications protocol for searching and retrieving
information from remote databases simultaneously using a single interface over a
TCP/IP computer network. The standard makes it possible for:
 A user in one system to search and retrieve information from other computer
systems without knowing the search syntax used by those other systems.
 Exchanging information, such as surrogate records or full text, between
otherwise non-compatible computer systems.
 The sharing of cataloguing records by importing MARC records into an
integrated library system.

 Personal bibliographic reference software to be used widely in library

environments.
 Interlibrary catalogue searches for interlibrary loans.

Bibliographic Standards and Formats are recognised

bibliographic standards facilitating the sharing of bibliographic data in
machine-readable form and the transfer of records from one
automated system to another. Discuss?

2.3.3. Retrospective Conversion (RECON)

A retrospective conversion exercise is crucial to the successful implementation of the
library management system. According to Bilal (2014), retrospective conversion is
the process by which libraries convert a shelflist into a searchable, computerised
database by matching the shelf list cards against MARC databases. In RECON,
relevant MARC records are copied onto a drive or transferred electronically from the
Web to a library's computer system. The copied records from the MARC
database would form the backbone of automation, provide statistics and other
information needed to improve existing library services and introduce new ones. The
accuracy and completeness of the shelflist analysis determine the quality of the
retrospective conversion process.

Objectives of Retrospective Conversion

Objectives of RECON as outlined by Kumar (2019), are to:
a. Create a library automation system database.
b. Increase access to the entire library collection.
c. Enhance library services and operations.
d. Reduce the time it takes library staff and patrons to find a document.
156
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

e. Improve library procedures by automating and streamlining acquisition and

cataloguing.
f. Maximise the return on automation investments.
g. Obtaining complete MARC 21 records for each item in a library.
State the objectives of RECON

2.3.3.1 Retrospective Conversion Specifications

The retrospective conversion specifications stipulate what to include and exclude

from each MARC record and identify the fields that require editing, improvement, or
special attention (Bilal, 2014). This allows the library to customise the content of the
MARC database and maintain consistency in its format for the automation system. In
addition, the RECON specifications will guide the vendors in developing a profile of
the MARC records to use in retrospective conversion and any future requests for
newly acquired materials. Equally, the specifications will help the in-house staff to
have an idea of the specification guidelines and ensure that the outcome of the
process aligns with the library's requirements. Therefore, irrespective of the
conversion method adopted by the library, it is important to establish specifications
for the RECON exercise.
RECON specifications may include:
 Classification numbers.
 Subject headings identifier.
 Special MARC fields.
 Record format.
 MARC designators.
 General material descriptors for non-print material.
 RECON database and accuracy rate of matched records.

Developing RECON specifications for a library operation will require an adequate

knowledge of AACR and MARC record format for interpreting the records and
consistently preserving MARC database contents.

2.3.3.2 Methods of Retrospective Conversion

The cornerstone of library automation is successfully creating a machine-readable
database (Saharan, 2014). However, the RECON process is expensive; hence, the
method used for the conversion should be flexible based on funds available in the
library. Methods of retrospective conversion are:

A. In-House Conversion method

The In-House method refers to an operation done within the library instead of
outsourcing to a third party. The library staff will carry out the conversion procedure
using the Library of Congress Control Number (LCCN), International Standard Book
Number (ISBN), and other parameters. The MARC record matches will be searched
for, modified, edited, and enhanced as required; linked each matched record with a

157
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

barcode before saving. The saved records will be downloaded later into the
cataloguing module for implementation. The outcome of the In-House conversion
process usually leads to high-quality control, meeting library requirements and the
objectives of the conversion because the staff understands the users' needs.

Advantages of In-House Conversion Method

The In-house conversion method has the following advantages:
a) The shelflist remains the property of the library.
b) Library staff members have first-hand knowledge of the entire collection, which
helps to increase the accuracy of the shelflist.

c) With an Internet connection, it will be easy for library staff to work remotely
locating and matching MARC records with the library's shelflist.
d) There is no distraction for library staff engaged in the exercise; thereby, the
quality of the conversion process is guaranteed.

Disadvantages of In-house Conversion Method

The disadvantages of in-house conversion are:

a) If the library does not have access to a comprehensive CD-ROM database of

MARC records to match the library shelflist, the level of record mismatch will
be high.

b) Because most of the commercial CD-ROM databases are updated monthly or

quarterly, the library can generate mismatched items and backlog.

c) The conversion may take a long time to complete if the library is understaffed
because the more extensive the library collections, the longer the RECON
process.

d) Because of the length of time spent on RECON by the library staff, there are
tendencies for other library services to be neglected

e) Regular staff interruption may result in a high error rate, lowering the
database's quality.

f) The larger the collection, the higher the labour cost.

g) Delay due to hardware/software failure can cause the conversion exercise to

be prolonged.

h) When Internet traffic is high, web-based services may experience disruption.

B. Combined Conversion Method (Outsourced / In-House)

158
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

The combined conversion procedure involves outsourcing some aspects while the
library staff will handle the other part of the conversion exercise. For instance, library
staff may handle non-print materials In-House, while the conversion of print
materials will be outsourced to a third party. This method combines both the
advantages and disadvantages of outsourced and In-House conversion methods. The
preferred conversion method will be determined by cost, knowledge, the skill of the
library staff saddled with the In-house process, staffing and the timeline for
implementing the automation project.

C Outsourced / Off-site Conversion Method

Outsourcing is the process of hiring third parties to carry out operations that the
organisation typically performs. Often, outsourcing is used so an organisation can
focus on its core operations and cut labour costs. Outsourced RECON exercise is
solely handled by a vendor or an organisation away from the library.

Advantages Outsourced /Off-site Conversion Method

The advantages of the outsourced off-site method are as follows:

a. The entire process can be completed within the stipulated time frame with
minimal impact on the library's routine work.

b. Outsourcing the RECON process will enable library staff to engage in other on-
site activities while the conversion process is underway.

c. Outsourcing of the process allows for faster database creation because the
operators are well-versed in the procedure and may engage many full-time
workers for the project.

d. The time required to complete the exercise can be predicted. This will assist
planners and managers in developing a timetable for implementing the
automated system.

e. There is a tendency for the outcome of the exercise to produce a high match
rate, especially when multiple databases are used.

f. The operator can create records for unmatched items, saving library staff time.

g. Smart barcodes are linked to their respective items during RECON and supplied
with converted items.

h. Authority records can be linked to converted items, thereby saving time when
creating cross-references after the automated system is implemented.

159
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Disadvantages Outsourced /off-site Conversion Method

The identified disadvantages of outsourced / off-site conversion method are:
a) The conversion process may be prolonged, and the shelflist may be lost in
transit.

b) There is always the possibility of record errors and mismatches. As a result,

cleaning up the database after downloading the MARC records into the
cataloguing database is advised.

c) The absence of the library's shelflist may make it difficult to answer some
users' questions. For example, a user may want to know how many volumes of
a specific work the library owns. This information may appear on the shelflist
but not on the card catalogue.

Note: Before settling for a RECON method, each method's cost analysis
should be carried out. It is the outcome that will help the library to decide
on the conversion method to adopt.

2.3.3.3 Challenges of Retrospective Conversion

The success of a retrospective conversion exercise will depend on the level of
planning and documentation put in place by the library management before the
commencement of the automation project. The entire process may appear simple
when a library moves from one automation system to another. However, the
challenges of the process, according to Panda (2019), are as follows:
a) Lack of standardisation in assigning MARC content designators to machine-
readable record elements.

b) Inadequate training of the library personnel in the various aspect of

retrospective conversion may hamper the success of the entire process.

c) Lack of consensus across diverse bibliographical communities regarding the

organisation of data contents in machine-readable records.

d) Poor funding can impede the procedure in a small library.

e) At times lack of expertise to meet the standard for retrospective conversion,

bibliographic content, and machine-readable format coupled with incomplete
or incorrect bibliographic information may prevent matching the shelf list
cards to the correct MARC data. This may lead to the addition of inaccurate
records to the database.

f) Poor supervision of the editing aspect of the entire process could impede the
designated authorities' ability to monitor and coordinate the procedure
effectively.

160
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

State the objectives of retrospective conversion.

Discuss the methods of retrospective conversion

2.3.4 Barcoding the Collection

Barcodes are an integral part of the automation system since they track and identify
library items. Barcoding involves assigning a barcode to each database item in the
library. They can be produced through automation system software or vendors. They
should be placed in a consistent position using a range of barcodes to keep the correct
sequence continuing through the automated items.

2.3.4.1 Types of Barcodes

A barcode is a small image of lines and spaces affixed to library books to identify a
particular item in a collection and are linked to their respective items during
retrospective conversion. The two types of barcodes are:

A. Smart Barcodes
Smart barcodes are customised and created from computerised bibliographic records.
The barcode contains the item's title, call number, author, and institution's name; it
identifies the individual item without scanning it in the automated system and is
linked to their respective items during retrospective conversion. Therefore, depending
on record conversion, the barcode on the item must be correct.

B. Generic/Dumb Barcodes
Generic or Dumb barcodes have no pre-defined connection to items in the collection;
unless linked, they cannot identify any item's titles, call numbers or authors to their
respective items in the automated system. Dumb barcodes are linked to individual
items as they are catalogued, converted, or checked out of the library.

Figure 53: Barcode sample

Source: https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/b/barcode.htm

Describe the types of barcodes

2.3.5 Spine Labels
The spine label refers to the paper or leather descriptive tag attached to the book's
spine, most commonly providing the LC number, the Cutter number, the copy

161
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

number and a collection prefix for shelving. The library must decide on the format of
the spine labels for the new automation system.

2.4 SUMMARY
The library automation system plan encompasses collection preparation,
bibliographic formats and standards, retrospective conversion, barcoding of
collection and spine labels. Each of these activities can be time-consuming because
decisions must be made at each stage, especially about weeding, inventorying the
collection, shelflist analysis, and identifying the part of the collection that is the
subject of retrospective conversion. No doubt, implementing a new automation
system can be tedious but worth the while when it is completed. Therefore, each
phase must be handled painstakingly for the success of the automation project.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a. Weeding involves the ----------------------------------- from the library collection.
b. AACR is widely used ------------------------------- for the descriptive cataloguing
of various types of information resources by libraries.
c. ISBD is a concise set of rules and a simple -------------------------------
representation of a bibliographic record.
d. Barcoding involves --------------------------- to each database item in the library.
e. Outsourcing is the process of -------------------------------- to conduct services that the
organisation typically performs.
f. ------------------------------- is a process that compares the information in the item
record with the physical materials on the shelf.
g. Shelflist is a file of --------------------------------------------- arranged by call
number, in which entries are arranged in the same manner as materials on the
shelves.
h. The -------------------refers to the paper or leather descriptive tag attached to the
book's spine.
i. Barcodes are classified into ------------------------ and -----------------------
j. Z39.50 is a national and international standard that defines -------------------------
for computer-to-computer information search and retrieval.
k. The process by which libraries convert a shelflist (master catalogue) into a
searchable, computerised database is ------------------------------------------------?
l. --------------------------------- help vendors and in-house staff understand what is
expected of them and ensure the process's outcome aligns with the library's
requirements.
m. Outsourcing is the process of hiring --------------------------------- to conduct services that
were typically performed by the organisation.
n. ISBD is a standard that specifies eight -------------------------------------- for various
types of materials.
o. -------------------- is a standard format for exchanging data with a local database.
p. ---------------------------- standards are one of the most important standards to librarians.

162
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

2.5 GLOSSARY

 Barcode: This refers to the small image of lines (bars) and spaces affixed to
library books to identify a particular product number.

 Bibliographic standards refer to standards that provide a common base level

of information necessary to help all library users find the resources they need.

 Inventory: Inventory is a process that compares the information in the item

record with the physical materials on the shelf.

 Shelflist: Shelflist is a file of bibliographic records arranged by call number,

in which entries are arranged in the same manner as materials on the shelves.

 Retrospective conversion: Retrospective conversion is the process by which

libraries convert a shelflist (master catalogue) into a searchable, computerized
database by matching the shelf list cards against MARC databases.

 System implementation: This refers to a set of procedures to complete the

design contained in the approved systems design document, test, install, and
begin using the new or amended information system.

 Weeding: Weeding is the systematic removal of resources from a library

based on selected criteria.

2.6 REFERENCES/FURTHER READING

American Library Association (2017, December 25). Collection maintenance and

weeding.
http://www.ala.org/tools/challenegessupport/selectionpolicytoolkit/weedingDocum
ent ID: f235b4e9-57d0-4ae6-b6ed-03de64cfd54c

America Library Association (2007). RFID in libraries: Privacy and confidentiality

guidelines. http://www.ala.org/advocacy/intfreedom/statements.Document
ID:8a11d4d1-5898-8384-ad7b-6841051fcf22.
Atchley, A. (2014). Steps in library automation implementation.
https://prezi.com/tubqf4q6npko/steps-in-library-automation-implementation/

Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited. Oxford.
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd
&pg=PP1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU
1CogUq237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automati
on%20software&f=false

163
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer

based-approach. 2nd edition. Libraries Unlimited.
David, L.T. (2006). Introduction to library automation teacher’s guide. In Large, A.
Empowering information professional: A training programe on ICT. UNESCO.
https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000125105
Haider, S. (2021, May 29). Anglo-American cataloguing rules (AACR).
Librarianship Studiesand Information Technology Blog.
https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2018/12/anglo-american-cataloguing-
rules-aacr.html
International Federation of Library Association (IFLA, 2022). International standard
bibliographic description (ISBD). https://www.ifla.org/references/best-practice-
for-national-bibliographic-agencies-in-a-digital-age/resource-description-and-
standards/bibliographic-control/international-standard-bibliographic-
description-isbd/
Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.
http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf

Levine-Clark, M. & Carter, T.M. (eds.). (2013). ALA glossary of library and
information science.
https://books.google.com.ng/books/about/ALA_Glossary_of_Library_and_Infor
mation.html?id=QQObAwAAQBAJ&redir_esc=y

Library of Congress Help Desk (2007). The MARC 21 format: Background and
principles. https://www.loc.gov/marc/96principl.html
Library of Congress Help Desk (2009). Understanding MARC bibliographic: Parts 1-
6. http://www.loc.gov/marc/umb/um01to06.htm.
Librarianship Studies and Information Technology (2019, July 2). Z39.50.
Librarianship Studies and Information Technology Blog.
https://www.librarianshipstudies.com/2017/10/z3950.html
Mukhopathyaj, P. (2017). Unit 1: Introduction to automation.
https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/35926/5/Unit-1.pdf
Online Computer Library Centre (OCLC, 2019). Bibliographic formats and
standards. 4th edition. https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en.html
The Open University of Hong Kong (2016). Introduction to systems implementation.
https://www.opentextbooks.org.hk/ditatopic/25374
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books.
https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication.

164
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Tutorialspoint.com (2022). System implementation and maintenance.

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/system_analysis_and_design/system_analysis_
and_design_implementation_maintenance.htm

Wiggins, B. (1988). Bibliographic standard. Book Research Quarterly, 4, 25-37.

https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/BF02683720#citeas
Yale University Library (2022). Shelf listing: Introduction.
https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/shelflisting-intro

2.8 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT

EXERCISE(S) WITHIN THE CONTENT

a. Removal of resources.
b. Cataloguing code.
c. Human-readable.
d. Assigning a barcode.
e. Hiring third parties.
f. Inventory.
g. Bibliographic records.
h. Spine label.
i. Smart and Dumb.
j. A protocol.
k. Retrospective conversion.
l. Specification.
m. Third parties
n. Descriptive elements
o. MARC 21
p. Bibliographic

165
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

UNIT 3 LIBRARY AUTOMATED SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION

UNIT STRUCTURE
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Learning Outcomes
3.3 System Implementation
3.3.1 Site Preparation
3.3.1.1 Computer Workstation
3.3.1.2 Barcode Reader
3.3.1.3 Printer
3.3.1.4 Furniture
3.4 Installation and Testing of Software
3.4.1 Installation
3.4.2 Software Testing
3.4.3 Patron Records
3.6 System Conversion
3.5.1 Direct conversion Approach
3.5.2 Parallel conversion Approach
3.5.3 Phased conversion Approach
3.5.4 Modular Conversion Approach
3.5.5 Pilot conversion Approach
3.6 System Maintenance
3.6.1 Preventive maintenance
3.6.2 Corrective maintenance
3.6.3 Levels of System Maintenance
3.6.3.1 Hardware maintenance
3.6.3.1.1 Tips for Computer Hardware Maintenance
3.6.3.2 Software maintenance
3.6.3.3 Documentation maintenance
3.6.4 System Maintenance Activities
3.6.4.1 Environmental Care
3.6.4.1.1 Tips on Environmental care of the Library Management
System

166
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

3.6.4.2 System Backup

3.6.4.3 Computer Security
3.6.5 Maintenance and Security tips for the Library Management System
3.7 System Evaluation
3.7.1 Forms of System Evaluation
3.8 Factors that promote successful implementation of the Library
Automation System
3.9 Summary
3.10 Glossary
3.11 References/Further Reading
3.12 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

3.1 INTRODUCTION
System implementation is the final step toward completing the library automation
project. It defines how the automated system should be installed (physical system
design), train the users on how to handle the system and plan for a smooth conversion
(Tutorialspoint, 2022). The project team need to assess and approve the
appropriateness of the existing facility with consideration for the users' needs. The
first four activities were automation planning, hardware configuration, software
selection, and implementation. This unit examines the automated system
implementation vis-a-vis site preparation, software installation and testing, system
conversion, maintenance, evaluation and factors promoting the successful
implementation of an automated system.

3.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Describe the system implementation process;
 State the activities in system implementation;
 Describe software installation;
 Describe system conversion;
 Outline the methods of system conversion;
 Explain system maintenance;
 Highlight system maintenance tips;
 Discuss the forms of system evaluation; and
 Enumerate factors that promote the successful implementation of a library
automation system.

3.3 SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION

System implementation defines how the automation system should be built and
ensures that the system is operational, used, and meets quality assurance standards
(University of Kentucky, 2022). System implementation allows the users to take over

167
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

the operation of the system for use and evaluation. The implementation of the
automation system involves the following:

3.3.1 Site Preparation

Site preparation encompasses a common understanding of environmental
requirements and how the systems will be delivered, configured, installed, and
maintained (Sun, 2014). Site preparation helps create a suitable facility and
successfully install the computer systems, Servers and related equipment. Therefore,
planning the site as a whole rather than in batches is vital. Preparation includes
 ensuring that the computer room and equipment are adequately secured and
accessible to the right person,
 installing air conditioning systems to cool the computer systems, and
 alarm system for notification.
Also, provisions should be made at the front and back of the cabinets and racks to
allow easy passage to library personnel and for system servicing.

Site preparation activities for the library's management system include:

 hardware selection, placement, and installation;
 physical facility design to house the hardware and other equipment, and
 furniture placement to ensure necessary hardware is available during system
installation and testing.
The following equipment should be available on-site as part of the library's readiness
for smooth installation and take-off of the automated system.

3.3.1.1 Computer Workstation

Workstations are high-performance, single-user computers with advanced graphics
capabilities, large storage capacity, and a powerful central processing unit
(Britannica, 2022). Workstations are more powerful than personal computers but less
advanced than a Server (which can manage a vast network of PCs and undertake data
processing and reporting activities). The total number of systems to acquire will
depend on the anticipated number of concurrent users accessing the OPAC and the
number of library staff assisting users and performing administrative tasks. Equally
important is the location of the library building and the need for networking. In a
networked environment, remote and office access to the OPAC may be possible.
The software provider is responsible for providing the minimum hardware
requirements for computer systems and ensuring their compatibility with the
automation software. For the installation of the automated system for library
management, the following types of computer lookup stations are required:
 Lookup stations for OPAC.
 Lookup stations for circulation and information services.
 Lookup stations for administrative duties.

168
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 54: OPAC Lookup Station

Source:https://www.google.com/search?source=univ&tbm=isch&q=computer+l
ookup+stations&fir=vHRf5IfESoEv1M%252ColhV8cHwv_KIqM%252C
_%253BFHrfjp6C6n2

3.3.1.2 Barcode Reader

A barcode reader is a hand-held or fixed device that reads barcodes. It has a scanner,
decoder (built-in or external), and cable to connect to a computer. There are different
kinds on the market, and the library’s choice depends on the software vendor's
recommendations for compatibility. The total number to acquire will depend on the
volume of daily circulation activities in the library.

Figure 55: Barcode-reader

Source:https://previews.123rf.com/images/lucadp/lucadp1401/lucadp140100093/25213384-
closeup-of-a-barcode-reader-that-reads-a-bar-code-3d-render-.jpg

3.3.1.3 Printers
Printers are hardware output devices that print electronic data from a computer or
other device(s). They are needed to print OPAC users' search results, citations, and
bibliographies and to support administrative functions. The number of printers
installed will depend on the library's size, user population, and cost. However, based

169
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

on the software vendor's recommendations, the best brand must be chosen (see pg.59.
Figure 16).

3.3.1.4 Furniture
The computer desk and related ergonomic desks are furniture pieces designed to
comfortably and aesthetically provide a working surface and house or conceal office
equipment, including computers, peripherals and cabling for office users. There are
different designs and styles of furniture on the market, and the specification and
guidelines for the right set of furniture and other equipment to acquire for the library
are available from vendors. Users' comfort and available funds must guide a library's
choice of furniture because a poorly designed workstation can lead to poor health,
induce and increase stress, and cause people to react negatively to the new automated
system. Also, ensure that computer terminals are placed on adjustable tables so users
can sit or stand. When purchasing furniture, pay attention to all users (staff and
patrons), including those with special needs. Furnishings, especially chairs, should be
ergonomic and comfortable.

Figure 56: Computer Lookup Stations

Source:https://www.google.com/search?source=univ&tbm=isch&q=computer+l
ookup+stations&fir=vHRf5IfESoEv1M%252ColhV8cHwv_KIqM%252
C_%253BFHrfjp6C6n2

170
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 57: Library Computer Furniture

Source:https://www.agati.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/1-Copy-of-
Manifest_5_Person_ZigZag_Cherry-960x755.jpg

Describe the equipment that should be available on-site for the

installation of an automation system.
3.4 INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF SOFTWARE
3.4.1 Installation
Installation is the process of making software ready for use (Techopedia, 2017). or
setup of a computer program, including device drivers and plugins, prepares the
program for execution (Wikipedia, 2022). The installation refers to software or
hardware configuration to make it usable with the computer. Consequently, after
installing and completing the retrospective conversion process, downloading MARC
records and creating bibliographic database entries, library staff are expected to test
the automation software by creating and entering patrons’ records to ensure the
circulation module is functional.

3.4.2 Software Testing

Software testing is the process of assessing the functionality of a software program.
The process checks for errors and gaps and whether the outcome of the application
matches desired expectations before the software is installed and used (Yazer, 2022).
Software testing ensures that all the modules are integrated and perform to
specifications. Hands-on-practical should be organised on each module to ensure that
the library management system works perfectly as specified by the vendor. In
addition, problems such as the inability to connect a device, use a barcode reader, or
access one of the modules may arise. As such, ample time should be allowed to train
employees to adapt to the new system's functionality and operation. Also, the
software vendor should endeavour to fix all identified problems before the system
becomes fully operational. Finally, testing should be ongoing to ensure the system's
performance, hardware compatibility, and compliance with the library's requirements
and staff members are proficient in its use.

3.4.3 Patron Records

171
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

The patron record is a repository of information about a particular patron in the

library's database. It holds and updates information like the patron's name, physical
and email address, matriculation number, phone number, department, faculty, and
other necessary information about a patron. It is important to have the records of all
library users in the circulation modules for seamless circulation activities. Therefore,
creating patrons' records using the newly installed software will help test the
capability of the database.
Note: The Automation Advisory team should consult with the software vendor
before importing records into the circulation module to ensure the integrity of
the library database because creating each user's record manually into the
library's database is time-consuming.

Figure 58: Patron’s Record

Source:https://audienceviewcommunities.force.com/Professional/servlet/rtaImag
e?eid=ka04T000000dp1a&feoid=00N4T000000edkU&refid=0EM4T00000
1EJHr

Note: Log on to http://wvls.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/creating-a-aNew

patron-record-Fields.pdf for an example of a filled patron record.

3.5 SYSTEM CONVERSION

System conversion is migrating from the old system to the new one. The conversion
process must be planned and adequately executed to prevent problems. There are five
approaches to a system’s conversion. These are

3.5.1 Direct conversion Approach

The direct system conversion approach rapidly implements and replaces an old
system. However, the main limitation of this method is that if any problem arises
with the new system, there is no other system to fall back on. In addition, this

172
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

approach can be risky because even with sufficient testing, it is impossible to ensure
everything runs smoothly with the new system.

3.5.2 Parallel conversion Approach

A parallel conversion approach is one in which the old and new systems work
simultaneously to make the old system available as a backup until the new system
works satisfactorily (Callahan, 2017). This approach is the ideal conversion approach
since it prevents malfunctions in the new system. If a problem arises with the new
system, the library can revert to the old one without losing time or service. However,
this strategy has the problem of duplicating infrastructure and employees to maintain
the two systems. Also, knowing people can revert to old techniques may hinder
testing the new system.

3.5.3 Phased conversion Approach

The system implementation and conversion occur in phases in the phased conversion
approach. A part of the new system is introduced while the rest of the old system
remains in use. The advantage of this approach is that the rate of change can be
minimised. The data processing resources can be acquired gradually over an
extended period, and any identified problem in the new system can be corrected.
However, the strategy may only work in some situations because of interface issues.
For example, deciding which processes to automate first may be difficult where
modules share data and extra costs are incurred to develop temporary interfaces with
old systems.
3.5.4 Modular Conversion Approach
In the modular approach, each departmental operational sub-system is changed from
the old system to the new one in a gradual manner. As each module is modified and
accepted, it is put into use. One advantage is that each module is thoroughly tested
before being used. If any problems occur in the system, such can be rectified before
further implementation, and other staff can be trained before implementing the new
system in their department.
3.5.5 Pilot conversion Approach
In the pilot approach, the new system will be installed in a part of the organisation the
moment it has been declared operational. While the remaining part of the
organisation continues to use the old system. This localizes problems to the pilot
group so that support resources can focus on them. However, there can be interface
issues where organisational units share data.

Describe the different approaches to a system conversion.

3.6 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

173
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

System maintenance is an umbrella term encompassing the various forms of

computer or Server maintenance required to keep a computer system (hardware and
software) functional and operational (Richards, 2022 & Wiesen, 2022). System
maintenance entails all effort put in place by a system developer to ensure that the
software remains effective and efficient in meeting users’ demands. The essence of
system maintenance is the sustenance of a system's capability to provide a service.
This process monitors the system's capability to deliver services, record problems for
analysis, take corrective, adaptive and preventive actions, and confirms restored
capabilities. The two main components of system maintenance are:

3.6.1 Preventive maintenance

Preventive maintenance is a routine or regularly scheduled action to maintain
equipment, prevent deterioration or failure, and identify corrective work to prevent
non-productive time. It involves actions to maintain the computer system running
correctly and avoid problems before they emerge. However, if any preventative
measures fail, it is a good idea to keep a backup of vital files on an external storage
drive. Preventive measures to safeguard the system include:
 Installing Windows updates.
 Scan for viruses and malware at least once a week and run cleaning programs.
 Run updates for these programs whenever they are released, as new viruses
and malware spring up constantly.
 Keep the network secure by installing a firewall.
 Engage in safe downloading practices that protect your computer and any
information from being compromised.
 Protect the hardware by investing in a surge protector and cleaning the
equipment periodically to remove dust because power surges and overheating
can destroy electronic equipment.

3.6.2 Corrective maintenance

Corrective maintenance is the process of fixing a faulty computer. This type of
maintenance seeks to restore system operability by addressing the problem or
replacing the damaged components. Bear in mind that many common computer
problems can be resolved without the assistance of an IT professional. However, if
there is a need to fix an identified problem, an IT specialist should be consulted to
diagnose the identified problem before performing corrective maintenance on the
system. Some corrective measures include:
 Removing viruses and malware.
 Uninstalling harmful programs.
 Reformatting.
 Run a system restore.

3.6.3 Levels of System Maintenance

System maintenance helps keep the system updated and removes bugs and changes in
the operating environment. Routine system maintenance is essential to avoid
hardware failure and data loss and to guarantee that the system works correctly and

174
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

that problems are avoided before they occur. System maintenance is divided into
three levels:
3.6.3.1 Hardware maintenance
Hardware maintenance involves testing, cleaning, and ensuring adequate functioning
of the system's physical components. Generally, computers, peripherals, cabling and
other devices are exposed to wear and tear and accidents that can damage their
components. Also, factors such as overheating, dirt/dust accumulation, usage, and the
passage of time can damage a machine and cause a breakdown.

3.6.3.1.1 Tips for Computer Hardware Maintenance

Richards (2022); and the University of Washington (2022) listed the tips to help keep
hardware healthy and functional. They include:
 Regular cleaning of the system, especially the inside, air filters and ventilation
paths. This helps reduce the presence of dirt and facilitates better computer
cooling.
 Proper placement of the systems to avoid exposure to harmful environments
such as sun, heat, dirt, and humidity, which could cause damage to their
components.
 Checking the resistance of the system under extreme conditions. For example,
if Servers are to be used, they should be tested to see what temperatures they
can withstand without compromising performance.
 Shut down, then power off the system before changing any part or plug
(except serial port devices and ethernet interfaces.
 Use an anti-static mat and wrist strap.
 Be firm but gentle when seating boards, chips, and connectors.
 Leave it powered up all the time (except the video display).
 Do not drink anything around your machinery.
 Put a power surge suppressor on the power line.
 Avoid vibrations and shocks (avoid stacking components).

3.6.3.2 Software maintenance

Software maintenance updates operating systems and application programs to add
new functions and change data formats. It also includes fixing bugs and adapting the
software to new hardware devices. According to Pardo (2018), software maintenance
refers to the group of tasks that guarantee the good functioning of the software and
the integrity of the data stored. This is done after the product has been launched.
Software maintenance tasks include:
 System configuration and updating of the operating system.
 Database maintenance.
 Protection.
 Detection and cleaning of malware (viruses, Trojans, spyware, etc.) that can
be found on computers.
 Control of commercial software licenses.
 Overall improvement of the software.

175
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Debugging and boosting performance.

3.6.3.3 Documentation maintenance

The documentation of a computer system involves information about the technical
and usage characteristics of the parts and the system in general. Its maintenance will
ensure that the documentation is up-to-date and available for use. However, due to
the complexity of specific computer systems, and the rotation of the personnel in
charge of their use and maintenance, it is important to have documentation that can
guide professionals to continue working on the system, enable audit-related tasks,
and show users how to use it. The documentation maintenance tasks include:
 Incorporating user manuals for new software.
 Registering the maintenance tasks that have been carried out.

3.6.4 System Maintenance Activities

System maintenance is a routine and ongoing activity, such as reviewing computer
performance, ensuring proper installation and configuration of the automated system
monitoring devices, identifying security risks, and regular back-up of data. The
primary maintenance activities are:

3.6.4.1 Environmental Care

Cleanliness is vital for computer workstations and other automated system
components. Environmental care involves protecting the physical environment where
the automated system is placed in the library. The computer stations, Servers, hubs,
and LAN equipment must be clean and secure. Also, ensure that the system,
peripherals and cabling are not exposed to direct sunlight, heat or breeze, dust/dirt
(can cause overheating and circuit failure), window glare, and traffic patterns when
organising computer stations. Furthermore, the air conditioners, power supply
equipment generators, and other related support equipment must meet the demands of
all the Servers and other equipment.

3.6.4.1.1 Tips on Environmental Care of the Library Management System

Tips for protecting and elongating the life span of the library management system
include the following:
 The environment housing the system and other equipment must be air-
conditioned.
 Systems’ board components should be clean with secured data connections.
 Hard disk drives and CD ROM drives must be cleaned and tested regularly.
 Check cable connectors and ensure that the keyboards, mice, monitors,
barcode reader and printers are clean.
 Keep the computer systems and cables away from humidifiers and wet areas
to prevent rusting.
 LAN cabling systems should not be stored in a flood-prone area like the
basement and must be covered with conduits to prevent data loss and tripping.
 Cable endpoints, hubs and other devices should be stored in a secured wire
closet.

176
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Servers should be placed in a safe room away from traffic and patrons.
 Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) / surge protectors should be provided to
prevent power surges and total blackouts.

State the measures to ensure proper environmental care of the

library management system.

3.6.4.2 System Backup

System data backup is critical to a successful disaster recovery plan. It is a vital
infrastructure component in any organisation because they help guide against data
loss by providing a way of restoring deleted files or recovering a file when it is
accidentally overwritten. For example, backups are an organisation's best option for
recovering from a ransomware attack or a severe data loss catastrophe, such as a data
centre fire (Posey, Miller and Kran, 2022). System backup primarily ensures that not
only the user data in a system is saved but also the system's state or operational
condition. This helps restore the system to the last-saved state and all the selected
backup data. The system backup is performed through backup software, and the end
file (system backup) generated through this process is known as the system
snapshot/image. System backup restores a computer's integrity after a
hardware/software failure, theft, power loss, or accidental deletion.
Libraries need to have a backup strategy for data re-entering and to allow network
users to retrieve stored information in the case of a system breakdown. The manual
with the automation system for backup and data recovery instructions should be
consulted. System backups can be done daily, weekly, bi-monthly, or monthly using
the cloud, external hard drives, Blu-ray discs, and solid-state drives. This should be
checked regularly to ensure data recovery. Data files should be backed up daily, and
the system should be backed up weekly. Ensure that the backup drives are
appropriately labelled and kept off-site.

State the importance of system backup

3.6.4.3 Computer Security

Computer security, also known as cybersecurity, refers to protecting computer
systems and information from harm, theft, and unauthorised use. Computer hardware
can be safeguarded and improved security using methods such as passwords,
encryption, and firewalls, as well as denying physical access to its location
(Britannica, 2022; Computer Hope, 2022). The security of the library management
system is critical because it protects the operating system's privacy and integrity. A
system is secure when its resources are used and accessed as intended and when the
application works properly. Libraries should implement a theft detection system,

177
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

firewalls, virus protection software, and computer-stock devices to protect software

and hardware.

3.6.5 Maintenance and Security Tips for the Library Management System
Maintenance is modifying an information system to satisfy organisational and user
requirements continually. To ensure the security and maintenance of the library
management system, the library personnel in charge should ensure the following:
 Do not turn off the computer's power switch until Windows has shut down
properly.
 Install an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) for the computer system.
 Never unplug a peripheral from a running system.
 Install security patches on network computers for data protection.
 Review computer logs regularly for hacking/security alerts.
 Ensure that the antivirus software on all networked computers is updated
regularly.
 Run a disk scan and defragmentation at least once a month.
 Use a firewall program for a fast Internet connection.
 Save the software disk that came with your system and the new peripherals.
 Backup data to external drives such as SSD, CDs, USB drives, memory
cards, and the Cloud. Unauthorised person(s) does not have access to the
computer room.

Enumerate the tips for the maintenance and security of the library
management system.

3.7 SYSTEM EVALUATION

Evaluation of the automated system refers to post-installation assessment. Systems
evaluation provides feedback for system improvement and measures the success of a
developed system (The University of Kentucky, 2020). System evaluation includes
measuring the final system against its initial performance goals and performing
ongoing testing to ensure it continues to meet those goals. Once an automated system
is in place in the library, it should be monitored and assessed.
Evaluation of the system identifies its strengths and weaknesses, the success of the
automated system development and implementation, and provides valuable
information for future library projects. After a careful review, the results may be used
to modify the system to increase its overall efficiency and gain maximum benefit.
3.7.1 Forms of system evaluation
System evaluation involves testing the system's performance. Forms of System
evaluation include:

178
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Operational evaluation: This includes assessing how the system functions,

such as ease of use, suitability of information formats, overall reliability, and
performance levels.
 Organisational impact: This entails identifying and measuring financial and
non-financial benefits to the organisation.
 User-staff evaluation: User-staff evaluation, also known as subjective
evaluation, refers to an assessment of the users' and the staff's attitudes toward
the new system, including testing for user satisfaction with the new system.

3.8 FACTORS THAT PROMOTE SUCCESSFUL

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE LIBRARY AUTOMATION SYSTEM

According to Monyane (2019), the factors that promote the successful

implementation of library management system include:
a) Adequate financial support: Provision of sufficient funding by the parent
institution to procure the automation software and other related equipment,
train users, and enhance the Internet bandwidth to ensure a reliable and fast
Internet connection. However, the lack of a sufficient budget to cater to all the
library needs for the success of the automation project may hinder the
successful implementation.

b) Technical support: Good and reliable software vendors' support ensures new
software solutions are installed promptly and train users so the automated
system performs smoothly.

c) Project management skills: Employees' ability to facilitate and implement

the automation process as specified by the vendor. Also, there should be
proper communication, clearly defined roles and responsibilities for each
employee, and proper stakeholder engagement.

d) Strategic alignment: is required between the parent organisation, the library,

and staff members. This will allow library managers to collaborate and plan
realistic goals and objectives. Thus, the library's plan must align with the
parent organisation's strategic goals to receive adequate management support.

e) Capacity building: Regular in-house capacity training for librarians will aid
in successfully implementing the library automation process.

f) Power supply: The library's automated system requires a regular,

uninterrupted, alternate power supply to succeed.

g) Technology: Changes in hardware, software, and access to Internet bandwidth

due to geographical location make the technological industry very
dynamic.

179
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Discuss the factors that can promote the successful implementation of an

automated system in the library.

3.9 SUMMARY
System implementation allows the users to take over the operation of a system for
use and evaluation. The implementation programme encompasses site preparation,
software installation and testing, system conversion, maintenance and evaluation. To
ensure the successful implementation and use of the automated system, the software
vendor should train the library staff on operating all the modules. Hands-on practice
for library staff during the training is vital as it will expose them to the workings of
the new system and familiarise them with its operations.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a. System implementation is the ------------------------ how the system should build
and ensures it is operational.
b. Workstations are high-performance, -------------------------- with advanced graphics
capabilities.
c. Installation refers to the process of making ------------------------ configuration
usable with the computer.
d. Software testing is the process of assessing the ------------------ of
a software program.
e. The patron record is a ------------------- of information about a particular patron in
the library's database.
f. ------------------------------ is an umbrella term that encompasses various forms of
computer maintenance needed to keep a system running.
g. Components of system maintenance are --------------------- and ----------------------
maintenance.
h. The levels of system maintenance are------------------------, -----------------------, and
-------------------------.
i. The end file generated through system backup process is known as the ---------------
------.
j. Evaluation of the automated system refers to --------------------- assessment.
k. System data backup is critical to a successful-----------------------------plan and are
vital infrastructure components in any organisation.
l. --------------------- refers to the protection of the computer systems and information
from harm.
m.Forms of system evaluation are -----------------------, -------------------------- and -----
------------------.

3.10 GLOSSARY
 Computer security: Computer security refers to the protection of a computer's
hardware and the data that it holds.

180
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Corrective maintenance: involves replacing or repairing a system or its

components after they have already failed.
 Evaluation: Evaluation refers to a post-installation assessment of an automated
system.
 Maintenance: Maintenance is continually modifying an information system to
satisfy organisational and user requirements.
 Preventive maintenance: Preventive maintenance is the proactive maintenance
of equipment before a fault or failure occurs.
 Site preparation: Site preparation entails a common understanding of
environmental requirements and how the systems will be delivered, configured,
installed, and maintained.
 Software maintenance is the process of changing, modifying, and updating
software to keep up with customer needs.
 System backup: A system backup is a process of backing up the operating
system, files and system-specific useful/essential data.
 System conversion: System conversion is migrating from the old system to the
new one.
 System evaluation: System evaluation includes measuring the final system
against its initial performance goals and performing ongoing testing to see that it
continues to meet those goals.
 System implementation defines how the automated system should be installed
(physical system design).
 System maintenance: System maintenance is a routine and ongoing activity,
such as reviewing computer performance.
 Workstations: are high-performance, single-user computers with advanced
graphics capabilities, large storage capacity, and a powerful central processing
unit.

3.11 REFERENCES/FURTHER READING

AudienceView (2022). Patron’s record.

https://audienceviewcommunities.force.com/Professional/s/article/The-Patron-
Record

Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited..
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd
&pg=PP1&dq=library+automation+software&ots=CSULHYX1aa&sig=uXhsU
1CogUq237tpPUQRG5sluck&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=library%20automati
on%20software&f=false

Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer

based-approach. 2nd edition. Libraries Unlimited.

181
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2022). Workstation. Encyclopedia

Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/technology/

Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2022, August 30). Computer security.

Encyclopedia Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/technology/computer-
security

Computer Hope (2021, June 7). Computer security.

https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/c/computer-security.htm
Davis, Z. (2022) Maintenance
https://www.pcmag.com/encyclopedia/term/maintenance
Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2022). Computer security. Encyclopedia
Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/technology/computer-security

Callahan, R. (2017, September 26). Two disadvantages of parallel conversion.

Bizfluent Blog. https://bizfluent.com/info-12014696-two-disadvantages-
parallel-conversion.html

Computer Hope (2019). Workstation.

https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/w/workstat.htm

Elsevier, B.V. (2013). System implementation and evaluation. In J. Kingsley-Hefly

(ed.). Physical security guideline (pp.127-135). http://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-
12-417227-2.00005-2

Jackson, S., Gallagher, B., & Dorgan, D. (2021, May 19). System maintenance.
Systems Engineering Body of Knowledge SEBoK.
https://www.sebokwiki.org/w/index.php?title=System_Maintenance&oldid=65
271.

Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.

http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf

Mallach, E. G. (2011). Information System Conversion Strategies: A Unified View.

In M. Tavana (Eds.), Managing Adaptability, Intervention, and People in
Enterprise Information Systems (pp.91-105). IGI Global.
https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-60960-529-2.ch005

Monyane, M.C (2019). Library automation as a perquisite service provision for

Lesotho Library Consortium libraries (Master thesis, University of South
Africa, South Africa).
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/345630566Library_Automation_and_
the_Training_Needs_of_21st_Century_Professionals_Trend_and_Challenges_i
n_Academic_Library.

182
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books.

https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.

Pardo, D. (2018, June 26). Three (3) level of systems maintenance. EHORUS Blog.
https://ehorus.com/systems-maintenance/

Posey, B., Miller, J.A. & Kran, G. (n.d). TechTarget Blog. Backup.
https://www.techtarget.com/searchdatabackup/definition/backup

Richards, L. (2022). Learning about types of computer maintenance. MAPCON

Maintenance Software Article Series. https://www.mapcon.com/us-en/learning-
about-types-of-computer-maintenance

SB Accounting (2021, June3). System maintenance. SB Accounting and Finance

Blog. https://sbaccounting.com.ng/system-maintenance-meaning-in-ais/

Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication

.
Sharma, P.(n.d.). Top 4 approaches to system conversion: MIS. Your Article Library
Blog. https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/management/mis-management/top-4-
approaches-to-system-conversion-mis-2/70316

Sun Microsystem Inc. (2004). Site planning guide for entry-level servers version 1.4:
Site preparation. https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19095-01/sfv890.srvr/816-1613-
14/Chapter1.html

Stands4network (2016). Definition for computer desk.

https://www.definitions.net/definition/computer+desk

Techopedia Inc. (2022). System Backup.

https://www.techopedia.com/definition/29387/system-backup

Techopedia Inc. (2017, February 9). Installation: What does installation mean?
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/32115/installation

TechTarget (2005, April). Workstation.

https://www.techtarget.com/searchmobilecomputing/definition/workstation

Tutorialspoint (2022). System implementation and maintenance.

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/system_analysis_and_design/system_analysis_
and_design_implementation_maintenance.htm

The University of Kentucky (2022). System implementation.

https://www.uky.edu/dsianita/695A&D/

183
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

The University of Washington (2022). Hardware maintenance tips.

https://www.washington.edu/R870/HardwareMaint.html

Wiesen, G. (2022, October 03) . What is system maintenance? EasyTech Junkie Blog
https://www.easytechjunkie.com/what-is-system-maintenance.htm

Wikipedia (2022). Installation: Computer programs.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Installation_(computer_programs)

Wisconsin Valley Library Service (2016). Creating a new patron record.

http://wvls.org/wp content/uploads/2016/11/creating-a-new patron-record-
Fields.pdf

Yaser, K. (2022, August 12). What is software testing?: Definition, types and
importance TechTarget Blog.
https://www.techtarget.com/whatis/definition/software-testing?amp=1

3.12 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISES WITHIN

THE CONTENT
a. Process of defining.
b. Single-user computers.
c. Software/Hardware.
d. Functionality.
e. Repository.
f. System maintenance.
g. Preventive and Corrective.
h. Hardware, Software and Documentation.
i. System snapshot or image.
j. Post-installation.
k. Data recovery plan.
l. Computer Security.
m. Operational, Organisational and User-staff.

184
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

UNIT 4 TRAINING IN LIBRARY AUTOMATION

UNIT STRUCTURE
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Learning Outcomes
4.3 Training
4.3.1 Training Plan
4.3.1.1 Criteria to consider when making a Training plan
4.3.2 Benefits of Training
4.4 Types of Training Methods
4.5 Training in the use of Library Automation System
4.5.1 Library personnel
4.5.2 Library Patrons
4.5.3 Tips to conduct Library Automation Training
4.6 Challenges of Library Automation Training
4.7 Summary
4.8 Glossary
4.9 References/Further Readings
4.10 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercise(s) within the Content

4.1 INTRODUCTION
Training is a vital component of library automation. It is key to planning and
implementing the automated system. Training is the action of teaching somebody a

185
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

particular skill, such as the use of an automated system. Training library personnel
and other stakeholders in deploying the new system for library operations has several
benefits, as it will allow having firsthand knowledge of the benefits and capabilities
of the library management system. Training should be prioritised to host the right
training experiences for different employees and contribute to the successful rollout
of new technology. Consequently, the library's vision and strategic plan should be the
basis for technology adoption, and the training plan should serve as a roadmap for
achieving the training program's objective. This unit, therefore, examines the
meaning, criteria, benefits, methods, and challenges of training.

Figure 59: Training session

Source:https://f.hubspotusercontent30.net/hubfs/3277184/employee%20training%20and%20d
evelopment.png

4.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 Define training;
 Define training plan;
 State the criteria for making a training plan;
 Outline the benefits of training;
 Mention the types of training methods;
 Describe training in the use of library automation system; and
 Discuss the challenges of library automation training.

4.2 TRAINING

Training is a formal process by which talent development professionals help

individuals improve their performance at work. It is a vital component and a growth
strategy for any organisation as it improves individual capabilities and
performance. Training is learning the necessary skills required by the library
stakeholders to use the library management system. It enables employees to gain the
knowledge required to perform their duties while contributing their quota to the
organisation's success.

186
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Training is essential for successfully implementing and utilising the system as it aims
to improve the library staff's capability, capacity, productivity and
performance. Training in library automation teaches the skills to design, develop,
implement, maintain, support, operate, and manage computer-based information
systems. Thus, it is important to regularly train library personnel and patrons in
technology use. This will expose them to the workings of the library management
system, and equip them with relevant information retrieval, search and computer
literacy skills needed to use the automated system. Therefore, end-user training is key
to successfully implementing automation software.

4.3.1 Training Plan

A training plan is an organised description of employees' actions and resources to do
their jobs efficiently. The plan can be as simple as a brief outline or something more
complex, such as a hands-on activity or a list of questions for employees (Indeed
Editorial Team, 2021).
According to Knops (2021), a comprehensive training plan should include:
 Access to training videos and documentation.
 Online tutorials and user community.
 Opportunities for in-person training.

4.3.1.1 Criteria to consider when making a Training Plan

Training is a circular process that begins with identifying needs and ends with
evaluating the training programme. Training should constitute an important aspect of
the library automation implementation plan as it is crucial to help library personnel
and patrons adopt the automated system in the library. However, plans for training
programs differ depending on the library and the members of staff needs (Gerding
(2011). Criteria for organising a training plan include:
a) Identify the purpose of training: This encompasses the identification of gaps
in the skills required to complete a job and the existing skill set of the
personnel, such as what the training program intends to accomplish; in this
case, it is to teach a new skill on how to use an automation system.

b) Needs assessments: This is the process by which the library identifies its
personnel's training needs so they can do their job effectively. In creating a
training programme, there is a need to evaluate the library personnel's
technical skill level (s) using the library management system. The needs
assessments also assist the trainers in ensuring that they have appropriate
training programmes to match the identified gap.

c) Establish training goals and objectives: In establishing the training goals

and objectives, consideration should be on the library’s desired goal with
implementing the automated system and the impact on the organisation. There
is a need to get users to the skill level required to do their job as quickly and
accurately as they did with the old manual system at a minimum cost.

187
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

d) Procedures refer to the diverse ways training can be delivered to end-users. It

should take different dimensions as people differ in their ability to learn.

e) Create a training program: The training programme should be tailored

towards the peculiar needs of the end-users. For example, training on library
software with practical demonstrations to point out the difference between the
old way of doing the job and the new way. It is important to engage the library
employees in all the stages and let them know what they stand to benefit from
the training.

f) Evaluation: This refers to a systematic process of collecting information

about the training and guiding decision-making. It determines the training
sessions' relevance, effectiveness and impact based on the needs assessment.

4.3.2 Benefits of Training

The benefits of training library staff and patrons on accepting and using the library
automation system are enormous. It includes:
i. Learning opportunities: Training offers employees learning opportunities
irrespective of their level of education. It enhances their performance and
skills to keep up with the latest technologies and developments.

ii. Motivation: Training implicitly motivates library employees to perform

efficiently in their jobs and give their best to the parent organisation.
iii. Saves time: The library personnel can work speedily and effectively, thereby
saving time for other activities with adequate knowledge of the workings of
the library automation system and its applications.

iv. Reduced chances of errors: Training makes an employee more proficient on

the job. It reduces the chances of committing errors and strengthens the
abilities of the workforce.

v. Team building: Training brings together library personnel from different

units within the library to learn and work together, thus, fostering team
development, instils in their minds the creation of a common mindset and
shared vision for the establishment.

vi. Increase productivity: Training acts as a productivity tool as it creates a

skilled workforce and a major shift in the work attitude of employees. It instils
in them high level of confidence and performance.

vii. Foster growth: Training is a tool for maximising the potential of employees.
The better the training, the better the growth of the organisation.

viii. Cost saving: Adequately trained library staff will spend less time fixing a
system and more time engaging in productive library activities.

188
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

ix. Enhance satisfaction: Training gives employees access to information and

enhanced job satisfaction.

x. Boost confidence: Training helps hone employees' skills and knowledge,

boosts their morale and confidence.

State the benefits of training.

Discuss the criteria to consider in making a training plan.

4.4 TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS

Different training methods can be adopted for the training of library personnel in the
use of automation software. They include:
1. Instructor-led training: This is the most common type of training method.
It involves a lecturer or a subject expert leading the discussion in a more
formal setting. The outcome can result in a more enriching learning
experience.
2. On-the-job training: On-the-job training refers to instruction in practical
skills required by employees to function on the job through hands-on
experience.
3. On-site training: This consist of training that occurs at the premises of the
organisation.
4. Video training: It is one of the emerging modern training methods. It is
accessible and valuable with various forms of training programmes. Short,
interactive video content gives learners more flexibility than many other
methods. Video training is cost-effective.
5. Virtual classroom: In this training, the trainer(s) and trainees meet
simultaneously but not in the same area. Video conferencing, text-based
Internet relay chat tools, and virtual reality packages are tools primarily
utilised.
6. Group training: In this type of training method, the trainer meets the
trainees at the same time and location for live training. An instructor usually
leads the delivery method.
7. Self-paced training: The trainer and trainees are not required to meet at the
same time or place. The trainees acquire skills at their convenience.
8. Multimedia training: In this training approach, lessons are delivered in
multimedia format and stored on CD-ROM. This technique reduces the
expense of building an internal program without support from an external
body.
9. Technology-based training: This training uses the Internet or a web-based
application to learn. The method provides end users with just-in-time training
and allows organisations to adjust training needs. This type of training is
flexible, lead to faster learning and improves retention rates.

189
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

10. Hands-on-practice training: This gives employees a chance to practice

applying a skill/knowledge in a simulated environment or practice scenario.
Employees learn through active participation.

Describe the different methods through which library personnel can

be trained to use technology.
4.5 TRAINING IN THE USE OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION SYSTEM
Library automation brought tremendous changes to library operations, transformed
how employees discharge their duties and how library patrons access information.
Training library personnel and patrons in the library management system is
paramount to the project's success. Hence, the successful implementation of an
automation system requires equipping stakeholders with the right skill sets through
adequate and intensive training programs to empower them to develop confidence
and independence regarding using the system (Sass, n.d.).
4.5.1 Library personnel
Library personnel comprises professional and paraprofessional librarians. They carry
out library tasks such as cataloguing, circulation, acquisition, and database creation.
The success of the library automation project depends on the ability and preparedness
of the library personnel to effectively and efficiently discharge their duties using the
technology. Therefore, regular training on the use of the system for library operations
and service delivery is vital.
The training programme should be short-termed, focusing on acquiring information
retrieval and computer literacy skills and using hardware and software to meet 21st-
century workplace demands. According to Monyane (2019), the training for library
personnel on the use of the automated system should focus on:
 Data entry into the automated system.
 System troubleshooting; and
 Software-user training.
In addition, Knops (2021) explained that the training could be carried out by
involving the library personnel at
 all levels of the operation analysis;
 identification of needs;
 setting of priorities;
 system specification development, and
 System analysis and evaluation.
Furthermore, the training programmes on how to use the automated system should be
made a priority and adequate resources in terms of time and money should be set
aside for the exercise.

4.5.2 Library Patrons

Library patrons are individuals or groups who enter the library physically or
electronically to use library resources. These users are constantly using technologies
to provide them with the best possible experience as the library keeps evolving.

190
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Therefore, the regular training of library patrons and other stakeholders in using the
automated system is important because most of them need help with using OPAC and
other automated platforms in the library. Also, some patrons struggle with
information overload and the inability to develop effective search strategies, while
others accept search defaults when numerous search options are available (Bilal,
2014; 2002). Therefore, the training exercise should focus on information searching
skills, search strategies, computer literacy and information retrieval skills, and the
training method can be group-based, regular hands-on practical sessions,
individualised, Web-based, class-integrated, or a combination of methods.
Undoubtedly, the outcome of such a training programme will promote easy and quick
access to information, the ability to evaluate information evaluation; and enhance the
proper and creative use of information. Therefore, library personnel should develop
the necessary skills to empower library users to develop confidence and
independence in using the library automation system.

Training library patrons on the library automation system would help improve their
information search skills and equip them with the relevant skills needed to navigate
the library system effortlessly. Hence, Gerding (2011) opined that the training
programs should be widely publicised using library websites, blogs, online event
calendars, newsletters, direct emails, posters in public spaces, flyers placed in books
at checkout points, and through library press release to have a successful training
session. He stated that the trainer(s) should encourage in-depth questions after some
practical sessions bearing in mind that the increase in the use of the Web and its
resources in libraries makes it expedient to teach users fundamental information
retrieval and computer literacy skills. This development will allow library personnel
to proactively teach users and not make them experts within a period (Sass, n.d.).

4.5.3 Tips to conduct a successful Library Automation Training

Training is vital because adequately trained users tend to get the most out of any
software solution and can quickly adapt to updates and changes. Also, training helps
to reduce failure risk, decrease costs, and increase project effectiveness. The tips for
conducting successful library automation training are:
a) Familiarisation with the software: The head of the library should get
familiar with the workings of the software, and understand the many functions
and features. S/he should try to get comfortable with the user interface and
must promote the use of the automated system and how it will benefit each
staff.

b) Training: Training of the library personnel should be prioritised by allocating

enough time and resources to ensure that all staff members are trained
extensively.

c) Format: Software training should be provided in the right formats using

training packs with easy-to-follow screenshots, video tutorials or live
demonstrations where possible.

191
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

d) Interactive: Training in the library automation system should be interactive. It

can start with the more confident members who can assist the other
employees. It is often easier to understand the use of the software with
constant practice. Ensure that employees are engaged in developing and
deploying the new technology by getting them to solve problems that may
arise. Get them involved by encouraging questions and feedback from team
members. Give room for mistakes and failures, and many learn from their
mistakes and failures.

e) Update: Regular updates on IT training is vital as software changes and new

staff need to receive the same level of training as the old staff members. Also,
keep in mind that software is updated regularly with new features. Therefore,
the library should work alongside the software vendor to keep training
resources up-to-date and ensure that the library is informed of any new
updates on the software.

f) Feedback: Ask for employee feedback on training programmes, as the

outcome can be used to improve the software. Also, allow them to provide
suggestions to discover a new area where digitization could be employed.
Regularly be in touch with the software provider for support package training
programmes.

4.6 CHALLENGES OF LIBRARY AUTOMATION TRAINING

Training in library automation is helpful for all library stakeholders. It keeps their
skills up to date, helps them to leverage the latest technologies, and enhances the
growth of the library. However, challenges to library automation training include:

a. Budget limitation: Budget limitation is a great challenge to overcome.

Library automation software does not come cheap, and funds for libraries are
dwindling. Therefore, finding funds to implement and sustain library
automation is a big challenge.

b. Network infrastructure: Most libraries do not have the network

infrastructure to support the library management system, which is primarily
cloud-based. Robust network infrastructure and data privacy, security, and
access to other digital resources are required.

c. Training different generations: Training becomes challenging when

different generations are at the workplace and different individuals learn in
different ways and paces. What may work for Generation Y may not work for
the millennial generation. Therefore, for employees to train effectively, there
is a need to adopt different training methods.

d. Level of existing knowledge: Different employees have different levels of

knowledge and can understand the learning content faster. The one size fits all
approach of most library management systems does not consider the current
level of employees’ knowledge prior to the training programme.

192
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

e. The inability of the trainers to keep up with the latest trends: Most
software vendors rely on outdated manuals for training, forgetting that as
technology changes, the manual need to be updated to the current realities.

f. Lack of computer skills: Some library staff may lack information and
communication technology skills, thus, resulting in low confidence and
comfort with technology.

g. Lack of awareness: Due to the rapid development of technology, some

trainers may lack expertise in library automation, technology, hardware, and
software. Thus, training becomes increasingly complex, and most trainers lack
originality, imagination, and vision in planning for future library needs.

h. Lack of training resources: Technology may complement the inspiring

design to help libraries succeed. However, inadequate training of library staff
on library automation due to a lack of modern ICT infrastructure might impair
productivity and workflow.

i. Inflexible curriculum-based training: Most times, trainees must learn many

aspects of the application software they may never use or access.

j. Unreliable software: Unreliable software can constitute a challenge to

training in library automation.

Describe the challenges of library automation training.

4.7 SUMMARY
Training helps to determine whether a technology implementation project is
successful. Training employees on the new automated system requires a thorough
and committed action plan. Planning for training should begin long before the first
build of the automation system is ready for testing and rolling out the software
implementation plan for the end-user experience. Library management should be
guided by the type and level of training across staff and patrons because library
automation can only be effective if the library staff are knowledgeable of the
procedures and trained to provide automated services. Therefore, effective training
programmes and processes must be planned and implemented from the outset with
total involvement and commitment from the stakeholders at all levels.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate
a. Training is a formal process by which -------------------------- professionals help
individuals improve performance at work.
b. Library patrons are individuals or groups who enter the library ----------------or -----
-------------------------- to use library resources.
c. A -------------------- is an organised description of the actions and resources
employees use to do their jobs efficiently.

193
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

d. ----------------------- it is the most common kind of employee training.

e. Training gives employees a better opportunity to learn important -----------------and
improve their job performance.
f. Training in the use of the -------------------------- system should be interactive.
g. -------------------------- method is one of the emerging modern training methods.
h. Training acts as a ----------------------------------- as it creates a skilled workforce
and a major shift in the work attitude of library staff.
i. Training horns the --------------------------- of employees, which results in a boost of
their morale.
j. Unreliable software can constitute a ------------------------in library automation.

4.8 GLOSSARY
 Library patrons: Library patrons are individuals or groups who enter the
library physically or electronically to use library resources
 Library personnel: Library personnel comprises professional librarians and
paraprofessional librarians working in libraries
 Training: Training is the process of learning the skills required for a
particular job

4.9 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Ajmal, S. (2018, February). 10 common IT training challenges and how to overcome

them. Quick Start Blog. https://www.quickstart.com/blog/10-common-it-training-
challenges-and-how-to-overcome-them/
Allison, K. (2017, September 26). How to plan for library automation. Bizfluent
Blog. https://bizfluent.com/how-5079698-start-small-library.html.
Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer
based-approach. 2nd edition. Libraries Unlimited.
Breeding, M. (2011). Using technology to enhance a library as place. Computer in
Libraries, 31(4), 21-25. https://librarytechnology.org/document/15899
Devi, G.R. & Raghuveer, K. (2014). Hardware and software selection for library
automation. International Journal of Science and Research, 3(12), 1872-1876.
https://www.ijsr.net/archive/v31/U1VCMTQ4ODQ=.PDF
Gerding, S. (2011). Transforming public library patron technology training. ALA
Tech Source, 6. https://journals.ala.org/index.php/ltr/article/view/4550/5346
Gul, S. & Bano, S. (2019). Smart libraries: The application of emerging and
innovative technologies. Emerald Publishing Limited. ProQuest Ebook Central.
http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/libinstituteebooks/detail.action?docID=600
0859

Indeed Editorial Team (2021, June 28). Example of a training plan: How to make
one. Indeed Blog. https://www.indeed.com/career-advice/career-
development/training-plan-example

194
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.

http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf

Knops, M. (2021 April). Software selection process and criteria. Software Advisory
Blog. https://blog.software-advisory.com/software-selection-process-and
criteria?hs_amp=true

Market Business News (2022). What is training

https://marketbusinessnews.com/financial-glossary/training/

Monyane M. C. (2019). Library automation as a perquisite service provision for

Lesotho Library Consortium libraries. (Master thesis, University of South
Africa, South Africa).
https://uir.unisa.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10500/25754/dissertation_monyane_mc.p
df.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Moruf, H.A. & Olaojo, P. O. (2020). Library automation and the training needs of the
21st century professionals: Trend and challenges in academic library. FUDMA
Journal of Educational Foundations, 3(2), 45-53.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/345630566Library_Automation_and_t
he_Training_Needs_of_21st_Century_Professionals_Trend_and_Challenges_in_
Academic_Library.
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books.
https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.
Patel, H. (2022, March 28). The 7 greatest challenges education technology faces
today. WPG Consulting Blog. https://www.wpgconsult.com/the-7-greatest-
challenges-facing-eduction-technology-today/
ProTech Services Group (2022). 5 benefits of technology training.
https://www.psgi.net/5-benefits-of-technology-training/
Sass, R.K. (n.d). Training techniques for new technologies.
http://web.simmons.edu/~chen/mit/NIT%E2%80%9990/297~sass.html
Scarf, N. (2021, November 7). 6 most common employee training challenges for new
systems. Telic Digital Blog. https://telic.digital/blog/f/6-most-common-
employee-training-challenges-for-new-systems/
Seismic (2022). The importance of workplace training and development. Seismic
Blog. https://seismic.com/blog/the-importance-of-workplace-training-and-
development.
ServiceAide (2022, January 28). 5 keys to developing an effective training plan.
ServiceAide Blog. https://serviceaide.com/resources/blog/5-key-to-developing-
an-effective-training plan.

195
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Simplify Compliance LLC (2022). How to conduct an effective training session.

Simplify Compliance Blog. https://simplifytraining.com/article.how-to=conduct-
an-effective-training-session.
Uniqueiq (2021, October 23). How to train your care team to adopt new systems
efficiently. Uniqueiq Blog. https://www.uniqueiq.co.uk/training-your-team-for-
new-software/
Whatfix (2021, September 2). Employee training: 11 types of employee training
progrmes, benefits and examples. Whatfix Blog. https://whatfix.com/blog/types-
employee-training-programs/

4.10 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)

WITHIN THE CONTENT
a. Talent development.
b. Physically or electronically.
c. Training plan.
d. Instruction-led training.
e. Skill sets.
f. Library automation.
g. Video training.
h. Productivity booster.
i. Skills and knowledge.
j. Challenge to training.

UNIT 5 FUNDING FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

UNIT STRUCTURE

5.1 Introduction
5.2 Learning Outcomes
5.3 Funding for Library Automation
5.3.1 Source of Funding
5.4 Budgeting
5.4.1 Types of Budgets
5.4.2 Goals of the Budgeting Process
5.4.3 Budgeting for Library Automation.
5.4.3.1 Cost estimation for Library Automation Project
5.4.3.2 Principle of Cost Estimation
5.5 Funding Library Automation
5.5.1 Source of Funding for Library Automation
5.5.2 Techniques of securing funding for Library Automation Project
5.6 Summary
5.7 Glossary

196
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

5.8 References/Further Readings

5.9 Possible Answers to Self-Assessment Exercises within the Content

5.1 INTRODUCTION
Funding is crucial for planning a library automation project. Adequate financial
resources are the backbone of every library. Hence, libraries must be fiscally ready
before embarking on the automation project. The library management should
ascertain the total cost of the project, available library funds, and how to get the
funding necessary to purchase and implement the system. This unit, therefore,
focuses on funding sources, budgeting and cost estimation for library automation.
5.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of this unit, you should be able to:
 Define funding;
 Discuss the sources of funding;
 Define budget;
 State the budgeting process; and
 Describe cost estimation for library automation.

5.3 FUNDING
Funding refers to money provided by an organisation for a particular purpose.
Funding can be for either short-term or long-term purposes, and its availability is key
to completing any project. There are a wide variety of funding sources available for
projects; however, the option chosen will depend on the nature of the organisation.

5.3.1 Sources of Funding

Funding involves contributing resources to finance a program or need (Corporate
Finance Institute Inc (CFI), 2022). Funding sources are budgetary resources for
programs and projects. This includes grants, loans, bonds, federal or state awards,
private donations, or internal money allocated to an organisation. The different
sources of funding include:
a. Loan: A loan is a lump sum of money organisations borrow from banks or
other financial institutions to manage or plan events financially. The
borrower(s) incurs a debt to be paid back with interest within a given
timeframe in stages or at the end of the loan period (CFI Team, 2022).

b. Donations: A donation is a gift for charity, humanitarian aid, or to benefit a

cause. It may take various forms, including money, alms, services, or goods.

c. Grants: A grant is a fund given by an individual or an organisation, such as a

public body, charitable foundation, specialised grant-making institution, non-
197
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

profit organisation, business or a local government body, for a specific project

or purpose (Wikipedia, 2022). Grants are not to be paid back but must be
applied for; the application process can be highly competitive and time-
consuming.

d. Crowdfunding: Crowdfunding uses small amounts of capital from many

individuals to finance a venture or fulfil a particular project. Crowdfunding
makes use of the easy accessibility of vast networks of people through social
media and crowdfunding websites to bring investors and entrepreneurs
together, with the potential to increase entrepreneurship by expanding the pool
of investors beyond the traditional circle of owners, relatives, and venture
capitalists (Smith, 2022).

e. Private Finance Initiative: A private finance initiative is an attractive short-

term funding that enables government departments to finance projects for
which they do not have the capital. It is funding public sector projects through
the private sector (Kenton, 2022). It helps alleviate the government and
taxpayers' immediate burden of coming up with the capital for any projects.

Define funding. Discuss the sources of funding.

5.4 BUDGETING
Budgeting is a systematic strategy that forecasts the revenues and expenditures of an
organisation and the tactical implementation of a project/business plan (CFI Team,
2022). Budgeting helps an organisation take timely corrective action in
underachievement of income or excessive expenditure. Furthermore, budgeting
makes performance evaluation easy as management can question any deviation from
the set goals since there is a set target or goal to achieve in the budget for the pre-
determined period. Thus, a budget is essential for any organisation as it helps to:
 keep track of its income and expenditure;
 ascertain that business money is being spent and invested correctly, and
 ascertain that the business's financial goals are achieved.

5.4.1 Types of Budgets

A budget is a fiscal roadmap, a tool for planning, implementing, and controlling
activities for the optimum utilisation of scarce resources in an organisation (Borad,
2021). A robust budget framework is built around a master budget consisting of
operating budgets, capital expenditure budgets, and cash budgets. The combined
budgets generate a budgeted income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow
statement. Types include:
a. Operating Budgets: An operating budget is a detailed projection of what an
organisation expects its revenue and expenses to be over time. They are
divided into major categories: revenues, salaries, benefits, and non-salary
expenses.

198
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

b. Capital budgets: Capital budgets involve allocating money to acquire or

maintain fixed assets such as property, equipment, or IT systems that create
major demands on an organisation’s cash flow. The purposes of capital
budgets are to allocate funds, control risks in decision-making, and set
priorities.

c. Cash budgets: This refers to a document produced to help a business manage

its cash flow. It is usually prepared in advance and shows all the planned
monthly cash incoming (receipts) and any planned cash outgoing (payments).
Cash budgets tie the other two budgets together and consider the timing of
payments and the cash receipt from revenues. Cash budgets help management
track and manage the company’s cash flow effectively by assessing whether
additional capital is required, whether the company needs to raise money, or if
there is excess capital.

Define budgeting.
Describe the types of budgets.

5.4.2 Goals of the Budgeting Process

Budgeting is a critical process for any business in several ways. The budgeting
process involves establishing a budget, planning, forecasting, implementing,
monitoring, controlling, and evaluating the budget's performance. The goals of the
budgeting process include the following:

a. Planning: Budgeting aids in planning actual operations as the process gets

managers to consider how conditions may change and what steps they need to
take while also allowing managers to understand how to address problems
when they arise.

b. Coordination: Budgeting helps coordinate the organisation's activities. It

encourages managers to build relationships with the other parts of the
operation and understand how the various departments and teams interact and
how they all support the overall organisation.

c. Communication: It encourages communication of individual goals, plans,

and initiatives, which all roll up together to support the growth of the business.
It also ensures that appropriate individuals are made accountable for
implementing the budget. The process helps managers communicate plans,
ensuring everyone understands how they support the organisation.

d. Motivation tool: Budgeting serves as a motivation tool by getting managers

to focus on participation in the budget process. It provides a challenge or
target for individuals and managers by linking their compensation and
performance relative to the budget.

e. Control measures: Managers can compare actual spending with the budget to
control financial activities.

199
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

f. Evaluation: The process serves as a means of evaluating managers'

performance and informing them of their performance in meeting targets they
have set.

State the goals of the budgeting process.

5.4.3 BUDGETING FOR LIBRARY AUTOMATION

To actualise a library's strategic plan, a budget is required. A budget is a clear,
descriptive road map of the automation plan. Changes can be made along the way to
ensure the achievement of the desired objective(s). Budgeting for the automation
project necessitates a cost estimate for the entire project, including ongoing costs.

5.4.3.1 Cost estimation for Library Automation Project

Cost estimation is calculating a budget that matches the financial commitment
necessary for a successful project, such as library automation, considering direct and
indirect costs (Westland, 2022). A cost estimate is more than a list of costs. It also
includes a detailed Breakdown of Estimate (BOE) report, which describes the
assumptions, inclusions, exclusions, accuracy and other aspects needed to interpret
the total project cost; otherwise, it would be meaningless. Cost estimation is
projecting the cost and other resources required to complete a project within a
specific scope, typically about the overall cost generated for the project (Cost
management, 2021). Cost estimation for the automation project must take into
account the cost of software, hardware, personnel, training, site preparation,
retrospective conversion, consumables, maintenance and other miscellaneous
expenses (see page 47 for the breakdown of the cost estimates for library
automation).

5.4.3.2 Principle of Cost Estimation

Cost estimation is forecasting the cost and other resources needed to complete a
project within a defined scope. The principle of cost estimation include:
i. Prediction: Cost estimation is used to predict the quantity, cost and price of
the resources required based on the scope of a project. A project might be any
process that is started to perform work activities and create assets.
ii. Decisions: Cost estimation is needed to provide decision-makers with the
means to make investment decisions, choose alternatives, and set up the
budget during the front end of projects.

iii. Breakdown: Cost estimation is done by breaking down the total scope of a
project into manageable parts to which resources can be assigned and cost.
There are standardised ways of breaking down a project based on the project
team's needs, and external parties’ multiple structures are often implemented
to align reporting and sharing of cost data. The standardised ways are:
 Work Breakdown Structure (WBS): This refers to a project
management tool that takes a step-by-step approach to complete large projects

200
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

with several moving pieces. WBS can integrate scope, cost and deliverables
into a single tool.
 Cost Breakdown Structure (CBS): This refers to the breakdown of
the costs of the various components of a project.

iv. The Breakdown of Estimate (BOE) Report: The Breakdown of Estimate

report is a tool used in project management by which members of the project
team, usually estimators, project managers, or cost analysts, calculate the total
cost of the project.

5.5 FUNDING LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Libraries are not-for-profit service components of academic, research or other
institutional bodies. Libraries are the service institutions and knowledge hubs that are
society's backbone, providing information access and nurturing cultural well-being
(Gul & Bano, 2019). Therefore, funding library activities are pertinent to providing
information services to meet the user's information needs.
Automation of the library is costly. Funding the automation project necessitates a
significant initial financial investment. Funds for the project can be earmarked in the
annual budget of the parent institution and extracted from the library budget, keeping
in mind that funds will be required to procure hardware, automation software,
networking devices, and other computer peripherals. Therefore, funds should be
budgeted, and libraries should be tactical about seeking monies to fund automation
projects.
5.5.1 Source of Funding for Library Automation
Funding is crucial for the successful execution of the library's automation project.
Funding sources should be identified, accounted for, and ensured that the project is
funded adequately and the funds are committed to the specified purpose. However,
parent organisations with the required financial strength should endeavour to absorb
the cost of the automation project because dependency on external sources can delay
the implementation process. Institutional support is very crucial to the success of the
project because, irrespective of the source(s) of funding, donors need to be assured,
usually in writing, that the institution will support ongoing maintenance and needed
upgrades (Thompson, 1992). Funding sources for libraries include:

a. Governing body: The Governing Body is the main decision-making body of

the University. It is responsible for setting and monitoring the strategy of the
University. The Governing Body agrees on the strategy of the University in
conjunction with the executive and monitors its implementation. It has the
ultimate responsibility for the strategic plans of the University and the
deployment of resources. The library management needs to inform the parent
organisation of its funding and implementation plan for the library automation
project, stating the importance and usefulness of the project from the onset. If
the parent organisation is interested in the project, the library will not need to
engage in external fundraising activities (Thompson, 1992).

201
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

b. Foundation: A Foundation is a non-profit corporation or a charitable trust that

makes grants to organisations, institutions, or individuals for charitable
purposes. A private foundation's money comes from a family, an individual, or
a corporation. An example of a private foundation is the Ford Foundation. A
grant-making public charity (sometimes called a "public foundation") gets its
money from many different sources, such as foundations, individuals, and
government agencies.

c. Granting agencies: are any public or not-for-profit funding source providing

funding for a research project.

d. Businesses: This refers to an organisation or enterprising entity engaged in

commercial, industrial, or professional activities. Businesses can be for-profit
or non-profit entities, ranging from limited liability companies to sole
proprietorships, corporations, and partnerships.

e. Individual: This refers to a single human being distinguished from a group.

f. Donation: A donation is a gift for charity, humanitarian aid, or to benefit a

cause. A donation may take various forms, including money, contributions,
services, or goods. It is a voluntary gift (money, service, or ideas) made to a
worthwhile cause.

g. Gifts: This refers to a thing given willingly to someone or a body without

payment, especially formally or as a donation or bequest.

State the sources of funding for the library automation project.

5.5.2 Techniques of securing funding for Library Automation Project
Techniques for securing funding for library automation projects are:

a. Planning: Planning represents one of the best ways to get budgetary approval
for the project. Plan and ensure that the project is clearly stated in a future
budget.

b. Benefits: It is imperative to state clearly the accruable benefits of the

automation project to the parent organisation. Including the monetary value and
other benefits the project will bring. Back it up with relevant data on how the
investment will pay itself in the long run.

c. Lobbying: Lobbying refers to efforts to influence the decision on an

organisation's behalf. Identifying and knowing whom to lobby and how such
individual(s) will influence decisions in favour of the library's idea when
funding the project is essential. Therefore, connecting with the right

202
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

stakeholders early in the process may help secure the necessary funds to help
push the project through.

d. Use the data: Using data is one of the best ways to get funding for library
automation projects. The request should be supported with facts, current market
data, experience, and successes will all be vital in securing financing for the
project. Ensure the data supports the funding request, which can comprise
internal analytics and outside research.

e. Get a grant: Finding an alternative funding method inform of grants may be

essential to progress with the library automation project.

Outline the principles of cost estimation.

5.6 SUMMARY
Automation saves library staff time when performing activities, providing services,
assisting patrons, and developing new services. Therefore, a properly funded,
executed, and implemented library automation project will improve user access to the
collection, and enhance staff productivity, accuracy, and efficiency in completing
activities and delivering library services. Undoubtedly, libraries require adequate
funding for services and operations. Hence, funds for the automation project should
be assessed during the planning phase to determine the funds available for present
and future support, as a successful automation project depends on a sound financial
plan, convincing arguments, strategies, and sensitive treatment of potential supporters
of the library.

SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE
Fill in as appropriate.
a. Libraries require adequate ---------------------- for services and operations.
b. ------------------------------------ is very crucial to the success of the library
automation project.
c). Budgeting for the automation project necessitates a ----------------for the entire
project.
d. Funding is the act of providing ------------------------- to finance a project.
e). Cost estimation is made up of -------------------- and ------------------------ costs.
f. The Breakdown of Estimate (BOE) report is a -------------------- .
g. A ------------------------- is a nonprofit corporation or a charitable trust that makes
grants to organisations, institutions, or individuals for charitable purposes.
h. Funding the automation project necessitates a significant ---------------------------
investment.
i. -------------------- a document produced to help a business manage its cash flow.
j. Libraries are -------------------- service components of academic, research or other

203
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

institutional bodies.

5.7 GLOSSARY
 Budget: A budget is a tool for planning, implementing, and controlling
activities for the optimum utilization of scarce resources in a business.
 Budgeting: Budgeting is a systematic strategy that forecasts the revenues and
expenditures of an organisation and the tactical implementation of a project
plan
 Cost estimation: Cost estimation is the summation of individual cost
elements, using established estimating methods and valid data, to estimate the
future costs of a project based on what is known today.
 Funding: This is the act of providing resources to finance a need, program or
project

5.8 REFERENCES/FURTHER READINGS

Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer

based-approach. 2nd edition. Libraries Unlimited.
Borad, S. (2022, May 7). Budgeting process: Meaning, approaches, steps and
importance. https://efinancemanagement.com
Boyte-White, C. (2021, June 6). How do cost of debt capital and cost of equity differ:
Investopedia Blog. https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/032515/what-
difference-between-cost-debt-capital-and-cost-equity
Bragg, S. (2022, May 20). Equity capital definition. Accounting Tools Blog.
https://www.accountingtools.com/articles/what-is-equity-capital.html
Brauss.mp (n.d.). Library finance: Introduction
http://brauss.mp.gov.in/Uploaded%20Document/Documents/OnlineLearning/
PublicLibrarySystems2.pdf
Chen, J. (2022, July 28). Private equity explained with examples and ways to invest.
Investopedia Blog. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/p/privateequity.asp

Chrisis, M. (2020, January 6). 6 techniques to secure funding for IT projects.

Techfunnel Blog. https://www.techfunnel.com/information-technology/6-
techniques-to-secure-funding for-it-projects/

Corporate Finance Institute Education Inc. (2022, May 6). Budgeting: Overview and
steps in the budgeting process.
https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/knowledge/finance/budgeting

204
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Cost management.eu (2020, November 15). What is cost estimation: We explain it to

you in 4 steps. Cost Management Blog. https://costmanagement.eu/blog-
article/what-is-cost-estimation-we-explain-it-to-you-in-4-steps.

Creately Templates (2022). Cost breakdown structure

https://creately.com/diagram/example/jn2uxnc56/cost-breakdown-structure.

Hayes, A. (2022, May 31). Venture capital: What is VC and how does it work?
Investopedia Blog.
https://www.investopedia.com/terms/v/venturecapital.asp#:~:text=Venture%20ca
pital%20(VC)%20is%20a,and%20any%20other%20financial%20institutions.

International Business Machine. (2022, October 18) Founding sources.

https://www.ibm.com/docs/zh/tririga/11.0?topic=management-funding-sources

Kenton, W. (2022, September 27). Private finance initiative. Investopedia Blog.

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/p/privatefinanceinitiative.asp#term.

Kumar, H., Nageswaran, S.N., & Singh, S.N. (2005, November 10-11). Plan and
management for library automation and use of new information technology in
special libraries. 3rd Convention Planner, Assam University, Silchar,
Ahmedabad, India. 201-217.
https://ir.inflibnet.ac.in:8443/ir/bitstream/1944/1397/1/29.pdf

Kumar, B. (2019). Library automation.

http://vou.ac.in/slm/MLIB%20104_Library%20automation_MLISc.pdf

Organ, C. & Bottorff, C. (2022, March 25). Work breakdown structure (WBS) in
project management. Forbes Advisor Blog.
https://www.forbes.com/advisor/business/what-is-work-breakdown-structure/
Panda, S. (2013). Library automation. Excel Books.
https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/library-Automation.pdf.
Saharan, M.S. (2014). Library automation. Random Publication.
Segel, T. (2022, March 17). Understanding private equity. Investopedia Blog.
https://www.investopedia.com/articles/financial-careers/09/private-equity.asp
Smith, T. (2022, July 14). Crowdfunding: How does it work? Investopedia Blog.
https://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/crowdfunding.asp
Morphy, T. (2022) Project funding: Sources of finance for projects and programmes .
Stakeholder Map Blog. http://www.stakeholdermap.com/project-
management/project-funding.html
Thompson, R.K.H. (1992, September 13-17). Funding for library automation.
National Conference of the Library and I.T Association. Denver, U.S.A.
http://files.eric.edu.gov/fulltext/ED353987.pdf.

205
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Westland, J. (2022, February 9). Cost estimation in project management: How to

estimate project costs. Project Manager Blog
https://www.projectmanager.com/blog/cost-estimation-for-projects.
Wikipedia (2022, October 13). Grant (Money).
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grant_(money)
Wikipedia (2022). Donation. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donation .
Wikipedia (2022). Basis of estimate.
https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basis_of_estimate.

5.9 POSSIBLE ANSWERS TO SELF-ASSESSMENT EXERCISE(S)

WITHIN THE CONTENT
a. Funding.
b. Institutional support.
c. Cost estimate.
d. Resources.
e. Direct and Indirect.
f. Tool.
g. Foundation.
h. Initial financial.
i. Cash budget.
j. Not-for-profit.

MODULE 4: PRACTICUM IN LIBRARY AUTOMATION

UNIT 1: PRACTICUM / PRACTICAL WORK BASED ON LIBRARY
AUTOMATION
UNIT STRUCTURE
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Learning Outcomes
1.3 Nature of Practicum
1.3.1 Self-Assessment Exercise
1.3.2 Selection of software for the Library automation project
1.3.3 Hardware selection for library automation project
1.4 Hardware Configuration
1.5 Summary
1.6 Glossary
1.7 References/Further Reading

206
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.1 INTRODUCTION
The focus of this unit will be on some practical-related examples in a bid to automate
libraries.
1.2 LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of the unit, you should be able to:
 State the rationale for automation in libraries;
 Outline the procedures of the library automation process;
 Comprehend how to conduct a needs assessment for a non-automated library;
and
 Describe the software selection process.
1.3 NATURE OF PRACTICUM
Practicum training provides students with real-world experience, bridges the
theoretical and practical divide, and exposes and allows them to develop
technological and soft skills (teamwork, effective communication, and work
experience) inherent in learning activities. (Mason, 2013). The practicum allows
students to apply what they have learned in class to a real-world environment. It is an
opportunity to gain professional experience by working in a library or an information
centre and practising all the students learnt in the class (Fecich, 2022; Tella, 2021).
Hence, a practicum experience could boost students' confidence by expanding their
subject knowledge, and reinforcing core competencies learned in previous
coursework (Hendrick & Hendrick, 2011). As a result, it is now time for you to
respond to the practicum questions listed below.
1.3.1 Self-Assessment Exercise
a) Select a non-automated library of your choice.
 State the mission and goals of the selected library.
 Observe the mode of service delivery.
 Describe the number and type(s) of clients served by the library.
 Mention the existing user services available in your library of choice
 State the total collection size.
b) Prepare a checklist. Use it to collect information about the functions /activities
of the library.
c) Identify the tasks that are most repetitive, tedious, and labour-intensive.
d) State the tasks that may involve inaccuracy, inefficiency, and low
productivity.
e) Identify and suggest functions for automation.
f) Justify your decision.

1.3.2 Selection of software for the Library automation project

From your knowledge of the different types of automation software available in the
market, as captured in Module 2, Unit 3, and Appendix 1,

207
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 select the software of your choice for an intended automation project.

 State any five reasons for the choice made.
 Identify the modules relevant to the operation of the library of your choice
 indicate whether the software is for single-user or multi-user access.
 State if the software is for a stand-alone or a networked configuration.

1.3.3 Hardware selection for library automation project

Selection of compatible hardware for the successful operation of the software
selected in the past activity
SELF-ASSESSMENT
 State the hardware requirement needed to support the operation of the
automation software chosen in 1.3.2
 Mention the other hardware components the selected software will require to
function perfectly.

1.4 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION

To examine the hardware configurations of an automated system used in a
library.

Select an automated library in your local area.

Meet with the Systems librarian:
 Gather information about the hardware configurations in use, such as
 Type of configuration (stand-alone or LAN-based with client/server system.
WAN-based with client/server system);
 Total number of computer workstations;
 Number and name of Servers;
 Type of platform used (i.e., Macintosh or PC);
 Type of network operating system used (e.g., Windows NT, Unix);
 Name of automation software and the modules implemented;
 Cost of the automation software;
 Cost of the hardware configuration;
 Reasons for the choice of the hardware configuration; and
 Advantages and disadvantages of configuration.

2. Write a report
 stating the mission of the library.
 Total number of patrons
 size of its collection.

3. Based on what you have learnt in LIS 402: Library Automation

 State the strengths and weaknesses of the hardware configuration
 Describe the type of hardware configuration you would choose or the
modifications you would make to the existing configuration to serve the
library and its patrons best. Justify your answer.

208
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

1.5 SUMMARY
A practicum is an experimental course that exposes students to the practical aspect of
their course. Practicum provides students with an opportunity to have hands-on
experience in a practical-related course. In this unit, you were introduced to practicals
on some theoretical aspects of what you have learnt about library automation.
1.6 GLOSSARY
Practicum: This refers to a course involving activities emphasising the practical
application in a field of study
1.7 REFERENCES/FURTHER READING
Bilal, D. (2014). Library automation: Core concepts and practical systems analysis.
3rd edition. Library Unlimited..
https://books.google.com.ng/books?hl=en&lr=&id=hcqUAwAAQBAJ&olibrar
y%20automation%20software&f=false
Bilal, D. (2002). Automating media centres and small libraries: A microcomputer
based-approach. 2nd edition. Libraries Unlimited.
Fecich, S.(2022, April 7). What is a practicum? Everything you need to know. Best
College Blog. https://www.bestcolleges.com/blog/what-is-practicum.
Hendrrick, S.S. & Hendrich, C. (2011). Creating an oncology practicum: A
partnering approach. Training and Education in Professional Psychology, 5(4),
229-236. https://psycnet.apa.org/doiLanding?doi=10.1037%2Fa0026229
Mason, R.T. (2013). A database practicum for teaching database administration and
software development at Regis University. Journal of information Technology
Education: Innovations in Practice, 12, 159-168.
http://www.jite.org/documents/vol12/JITEv1211Pp159-168 MasonFT117.pdf.
Tella, A. (2021). LIS 318: Database design and management.
https://nou.edu.ng/coursecontent/LIS318.pdf
APPENDIX 1: Examples of Library Automation Software Available in the
Market
A Liberty Library Management System
Liberty is a high-performance library management software solution that will grow
and change with your organisation's needs. Liberty is available for Windows, Mac,
Cloud, Android, iPhone and iPad. The Liberty Library Management System is a
powerful Library Management System solution for academic, corporate, special,
legal, medical and public libraries with a robust management interface. The interface
enables vital information to be delivered anywhere, anytime through modern devices,
and it provides powerful functions with ease of use.
Features of Liberty Library Management System
The key features include:

209
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

 Management and tracking of the library’s physical, virtual or electronic

resources.
 View information alerts and real-time reminders.
 Create up to seven customised authority files or taxonomies.
 Secure access to resources according to your business policies.
 Send emails and text messages to users.
 Import MARC 21 records from libraries and databases worldwide with Z39.50
cataloguing support.
 24/7 access from anywhere with predictive text searching.
 Clear presentation of results, with easy links to interactive resources.
 Staff and clients can manage their library profiles – reserve, renew, request,
alert/SDI, review and save results.
 Allows faceted search.
 Deep digital integration with resources for direct borrowing/download within
the public search interface.
 Report on all aspects of the library, research and resource centre management,
including statistics.
 Dynamically view graphical reports using real-time library data with
analytical reporting.
 Equipment and asset resource management.
 Liberty has a powerful analytics interface that can help monitor and report on
all aspects of the library, such as:
 View graphical reports using real-time library data.
 Drag and drop reporting.
 Save and share queries with other staff.
 Export reports to Excel and PDF.
 Use advanced filtering to report only the information you need.

https://youtu.be/y9pfl3--ZtE?t=24

210
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 60: Liberty Library Management System Home page

Source:https://a.fsdn.com/con/app/proj/liberty.s/screenshots/LIB4.png/m
ax/max/1

B Soutron
Soutron is a cloud-based Library, Archive and Information Management Solutions
provider dedicated to managing transformation in libraries. It partners with special
libraries and information centres worldwide to transition them from analog to digital
technologies with innovative, fast, flexible, easy-to-use solutions.

Figure 61: Soutron Dashboard

Source: https://a.fsdn.com/con/app/proj/soutronglobal.s/screenshots/My-
Account-2019.jpg/1000/auto/1

211
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

C OPALS Automated Library System

OPALS Open-source Automated Library System is a powerful, cooperatively
developed, Web-based, open-source program. It provides Internet access to
information databases, library collections and digital archives. Many schools,
colleges, research, business, religious and library union catalogues (that provide ILL
services) use OPALS. There is no need to install software or purchase expensive
computer hardware or software licenses to implement this powerful, turnkey Internet-
accessible system. The “total cost of ownership” of this standard and Web-based
feature-rich software is demonstrably and undeniably sustainable. OPALS can be
hosted and maintained on the library servers, or we can work with your IT colleagues
to install and support it at your site. Experienced programmers and technical support
staff update and maintain the program, giving this open-source initiative a
responsive, dependable support framework that is essential for institutions that serve
the public.

Figure 62: OPALS Dashboard

Source:https://a.fsdn.com/con/app/proj/opals.s/screenshots/Captura%20de%20
pantalla%202022-05-31%20141942.png/1000/auto/1

D Eloquent Library
Eloquent Library is a fully featured, mobile-friendly integrated library management
software designed to serve agencies, and SMEs. Eloquent Library has all the features
of a traditional ILS and supports all types of digital content – business documents, e-
books, flip books, artefacts, videos, PDFs, large maps, journals, logbooks,
scrapbooks, photographs, and websites. In addition, eloquent Library provides end-
to-end solutions designed for Windows. This online Library Management system
offers Serials Management, Barcoding/RFID, Inventory Management, OPAC,
Periodicals Management, and Fee Collection in one place.

212
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

https://youtu.be/wcFhSJxNKbY
E LIBRARIAN® Library Management Software India

LIBRARIAN® is the complete library management Software in India and an

automation solution that enables information providers, information resource
managers & librarians to manage and disseminate information available in various
kinds of resources (print and non-print items). Cataloguing, acquisition, circulation,
serials control, article indexing, barcode generation, and member/student ID card
generation are important LIBRARIAN® capabilities. The cataloguing module is
based on the AACR2 standards. Rules are programmed to give consistent and
accurate cards. The cards are available in the standard 5" x 3" size. Users can opt to
print on cards or A4 Laser Sheets. The GUI is simplified for quick and easy use of
the same by all. Cataloguing books, CDs, Journals, Magazines, Annual Reports,
Project Reports, Presentations, PDF files and many more is possible. Users can easily
add up to 20 different fields of different types for entering data on new and upcoming
resources.

Features of Librarian® Library Management Software

The following are the key features of the Librarian® Library management software:
 The software is compatible with Microsoft Office 2007, using graphs and charts
to represent statistical data visually.
 Librarian Library management software is compatible with Barcode printers.
 The software includes multimedia resource management.
 It supports a multi-user environment and a multi-location web interface with
free e-journals and e-books.
 It has a comprehensive web OPAC for online information searches that the user
can customise.
 The software includes digital references to books and other items like URLs,
PDFs, PPTs, DOCs, and XLSs).
 It includes auto-scheduled tasks like email and database maintenance.
 The software supports MARC21 export/import capabilities, and Z39.50 import
allows libraries to search and import records from other Z39.50 libraries
worldwide.
https://youtu.be/v_SkCpsfsPo

F KOHA LIBRARY SOFTWARE

Koha is the world's first free, web-based and open-source integrated library system. It
is capable of managing a wide range of administrative processes typically found in
modern libraries, such as cataloguing, authority management, serials management,
circulation, acquisitions, flexible reporting, label printing, and multi-format notices.
It also handles offline circulation when Internet access is unavailable and much more.
Koha is a fully featured, scalable library management system. The development of
Koha is sponsored by libraries of various types and sizes, volunteers, and support

213
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

companies worldwide. The product is being used by the public, academic, and special
libraries worldwide. Hence, it is available in many languages, with more being added
yearly. It is flexible enough to support operations of single-location libraries and
consortiums. And, as a free, open-source platform, there is no vendor lock-in.
Koha is an enterprise-class ILS with comprehensive functionality, including basic
and advanced options, machine-readable cataloguing, and call number support. It is
compatible with various international library standards, such as MARC21,
UNIMARC, MARCXML, ISO 2709, Z39.50, SRU/SRW, SIP2, RSS, etc. Koha’s
feature set continues to evolve and expand to meet the needs of its user base

Features of Koha Library Software

Koha's feature set is constantly evolving and expanding to meet the needs of its user
base. Some of the features are:
 Koha supports robust, scalable full-text searching utilising an RDBMS and
an external search engine.
 Koha is scalable (able to be used/produced in various capacities) from the
smallest to the largest.
 Koha is standards-compliant. It uses library standards and protocols to
ensure compatibility between Koha and other systems and technologies
while supporting existing workflows and tools.
 The software has a web-based interface that lets users interact with
content/software on a distant server through a Web browser.
 Koha's OPAC, circulation management, and self-checkout interfaces
comply with web technologies standards: XHTML, CSS, and Javascript.
 Library catalogue front end/OPAC/ library system intranet.
 Koha is embedded with a circulation tracking and acquisition/budgeting
system.
 It has an easy-to-customise web-based interface for patrons and library
employees.
 Koha is embedded with a simple acquisition system for modest libraries
that can catalogue websites.
 Auto-remind notice, penalties, and Barcode support.

https://youtu.be/uHav6PL4Bo

214
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 63: Koha Dashboard

Source: https://s2.research.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/28230631/Koha-
dashboard-1024x626.png

Figure 64: Koha Mobile Device

Source:https://koha-community.org/files/2019/01/koha-community-devices.png

G Sierra Library System

Sierra is an integrated and commercial library system package that provides
automated workflows, integrated resource management, and open access to data. It
integrates circulation, cataloguing, and acquisition to efficiently automate workflows
and gives open data access.

215
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure 65: Sierra Log in interface

Source: Innovative Interfaces, Inc (2009). Sierra Essentials Training Manual

Features of Sierra Library System

Features of Sierra library system include the following:
 Sierra integrates eResource management, circulation, categorization, and
acquisitions into one easy-to-use interface for daily progress.
 Sierra can customise users' workflow by role and connects libraries with user
communities.
 Sierra manages bibliographic records, statistics, orders, vouchers, and lists.
 It promotes check-in/out and holds requests (circulation).
 It can examine and manage electronic journals and databases, including open
access.
 It supports effective serials and bindery management.
 It conducts back-office, rapid, and global updates and deletes records.

H SLIM 21

iSLIM Cloud is the best cloud-based library management system that offers
remarkable features to cater to the requirements of all kinds of libraries in the 21st
century. All that is needed to access the iSLIM Cloud is a web browser and fast,
reliable access to the Internet. iSLIM Cloud includes all the features to automate
library processes related to Cataloguing, Circulation, Inventory, Reporting and many
more.

216
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Figure66: SLIM21 Cloud-based Library Management System

Source:https://a.fsdn.com/con/app/proj/slim21.s/screenshots/Captura%20de
%20pantalla%202022-07-12%20134342.png/1000/auto/1

217
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

APPENDIX II
SIERRA LIBRARY AUTOMATION SOFTWARE MODULES
A The Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC

Figure 67: The Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)

Source: Sierra Training Manual (2013)

B Sierra Circulation Module

Welcome to Sierra! You are now in the Circulation function. This is where the
majority of your time in Sierra will be spent. From here, you check out items and
manage patron records.

Figure 68: Sierra Circulation Module Interface

Source: Sierra Training Manual (2013)

218
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

Sierra Circulation Module allows staff to do the following:

 Check out items
 Check-in items
 Place holds
 Maintain hold queues
 Maintain course reserves lists
 Manage fines and bills
 Perform other Circulation-related functions

C Sierra Serials Module

Figure 69: Serials Module Interface

Source: Sierra Training Manual (2013)

219
LIS 402 (LIBRARY AUTOMATION)

D Sierra Catalogue module

Figure 70: Catalogue Module Interface

Source: Sierra Training Manual (2013)

E Sierra Interlibrary loan module

Figure 71: Interlibrary loan module Interface

Source: Sierra Training Manual (2013

220